Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-35522

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   04-3639825

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California   92612
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) (949) 236-5211

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40th

Interest in a share of 8.00% Non-Cumulative

Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C

  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
7.50% Senior Notes Due April 15, 2020   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

  Large accelerated filer    ¨      Accelerated filer   x
  Non-accelerated filer    ¨    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES  ¨    NO  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC as of June 30, 2013, was $200.9 million. (The exclusion from such amount of the market value of the shares owned by any person shall not be deemed an admission by the registrant that such person is an affiliate of the registrant.) As of March 3, 2014, the registrant had outstanding 19,689,430 shares of voting common stock and 590,068 shares of Class B non-voting common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

PART III of Form 10-K—Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2014.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

FORM 10-K

December 31, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

     1   

Item 1.

 

Business

     2   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     30   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     43   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     44   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     44   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     44   

PART II

     45   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     45   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     48   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     49   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     92   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     95   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     192   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     192   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     193   

PART III

     194   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     194   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     194   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     194   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

     195   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     195   

PART IV

     196   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     196   

SIGNATURES

     202   

EXHIBIT INDEX

  


Table of Contents

PART I

Forward-looking Statements

When used in this report and in public shareholder communications, in other documents of Banc of California, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” “guidance” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. These statements may relate to our future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenue, expense or earnings projections, or other financial items. By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  i. risks that the Company’s recently completed acquisitions of The Private Bank of California (PBOC), The Palisades Group, and CS Financial and/or the recent merger of the Company’s subsidiary banks may disrupt current plans and operations, the potential difficulties in customer and employee retention as a result of the transaction and the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to the transaction;

 

  ii. The possibility that the changing of the Bank’s charter to a national bank charter or its name to Banc of California could cause customer reaction that negatively impacts the bank;

 

  iii. a worsening of current economic conditions, as well as turmoil in the financial markets;

 

  iv. the credit risks of lending activities, which may be affected by deterioration in real estate markets and the financial condition of borrowers, may lead to increased loan and lease delinquencies, losses and nonperforming assets in our loan and lease portfolio, and may result in our allowance for loan and lease losses not being adequate to cover actual losses and require us to materially increase our loan and lease loss reserves;

 

  v. the quality and composition of our securities portfolio;

 

  vi. changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas;

 

  vii. continuation of the historically low short-term interest rate environment, changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short- and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources;

 

  viii. fluctuations in the demand for loans and leases, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values in our market area;

 

  ix. results of examinations of us by regulatory authorities and the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, write-down asset values, increase our capital levels, or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings;

 

  x. legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business, including changes in regulatory capital or other rules;

 

  xi. our ability to control operating costs and expenses;

 

  xii. staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges;

 

1


Table of Contents
  xiii. errors in our estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which may result in significant declines in valuation;

 

  xiv. the network and computer systems on which we depend could fail or experience a security breach;

 

  xv. our ability to attract and retain key members of our senior management team;

 

  xvi. costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments;

 

  xvii. increased competitive pressures among financial services companies;

 

  xviii. changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits;

 

  xix. adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

  xx. earthquake, fire or other natural disasters affecting the condition of real estate collateral;

 

  xxi. the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions;

 

  xxii. inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us;

 

  xxiii. changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their application to our business, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods;

 

  xxiv. war or terrorist activities; and

 

  xxv. other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described in this report and from time to time in other documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC, including, without limitation, the risks described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” presented elsewhere in this report.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made, except as required by law.

Item 1. Business

General

Banc of California, Inc. is a financial holding company and the parent of Banc of California, National Association, a national bank (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC, an SEC-registered investment advisor (TPG), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, an entity formed to hold real estate, cash and fixed income investments (PTB). Prior to October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. was a multi-bank holding company with two banking subsidiaries, Pacific Trust Bank, a federal savings bank (PacTrust Bank or Pacific Trust Bank) and The Private Bank of California (Beach Business Bank prior to July 1, 2013). On October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. became a one-bank holding company when Pacific Trust Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a national bank and changed its name to Banc of California, National Association, and immediately thereafter The Private Bank of California was merged into Banc of California, National Association. On January 17 2014, Banc of California, Inc. became a financial holding company. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to the “Bank” prior to October 11, 2013 mean Pacific Trust Bank and The Private Bank of California (Beach Business Bank prior to July 1, 2013), collectively, and references to the “Bank” on or after October 11, 2013 refer to Banc of California, National Association. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “Banc of California, Inc.” refer to Banc of California, Inc. excluding its consolidated subsidiaries and all references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Banc of California, Inc. including its consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company was incorporated under Maryland law in March 2002, and in July 2013, the Company changed its name to “Banc of California, Inc.” and, as noted above, in October 2013, the Company’s subsidiary banks merged to form a single, national bank subsidiary under the name Banc of California, National

 

2


Table of Contents

Association. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CS Financial, Inc., which was acquired on October 31, 2013. See “Recent Transactions—CS Financial Acquisition.”

Banc of California, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB), and the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). As a financial holding company, Banc of California, Inc. may engage in activities permissible for bank holding companies and may engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature, primarily securities, insurance and merchant banking activities. See “Regulation and Supervision.”

Banc of California, Inc. is not an operating company and its assets primarily consist of the outstanding stock of the Bank as well as the outstanding membership interests of TPG and PTB. From time to time, Banc of California, Inc. has purchased impaired loans and leases, investments and other real estate owned (OREO) from the Bank to assure the Bank’s safety and soundness. Banc of California, Inc. has no significant liabilities at the holding company level other than $82.3 million in its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (Senior Notes) and related interest payments, compensation of its executive employees and directors, as well as expenses related to strategic initiatives. Banc of California, Inc. also utilizes the support staff and offices of the Bank and pays the Bank for these services. If Banc of California, Inc. expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire additional employees of its own.

The Bank offers a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California and as of December 31, 2013, the Bank operated 15 branches in San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties in California and 68 producing mortgage loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia and Washington.

The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide and may accept brokered deposits.

The Bank’s deposit product and service offerings include checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposit, retirement accounts as well as mobile, online, cash and treasury management, card payment services, remote deposit, ACH origination, employer/employee retirement planning, telephone banking, automated bill payment, electronic statements, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit and wire transfers. Bank customers also have the ability to access their accounts through a nationwide network of over 30,000 surcharge-free ATMs.

The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 18500 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1100, California, and its telephone number is (949) 236-5211. Banc of California, Inc.’s voting common stock, the depository shares each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, and its Senior Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbols BANC, BANCP and BANCL, respectively.

The reports, proxy statements and other information that Banc of California, Inc. files with the SEC, as well as news releases, are available free of charge through the Company’s Internet site at http://www.bancofcal.com. This information can be found on the BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC. “News” or “Investor relations” pages of our Internet site. The annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed and furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act are available as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or furnished to the SEC. Reference to the Company’s Internet address is not intended to incorporate any of the information contained on our Internet site into this document.

Strategy

The Company is committed to building the top full-service bank serving California’s diverse private businesses, entrepreneurs, and homeowners, and investing in and growing complementary businesses that enhance shareholder value.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our overall strategy is comprised of specific growth and operating objectives. The key elements of that strategy are:

Growth Strategies

 

   

Build California’s Bank

 

   

Extend branch footprint throughout attractive markets in California

 

   

Enhance suite of simple, fair products to meet needs of small businesses, entrepreneurs, homeowners including Residential Lending, Commercial Real Estate Lending, Private Banking, Entertainment Banking, Small / Middle Market Lending, C&I and SBA Lending, Multi-Family Lending

 

   

The Company successfully completed two bank acquisitions in 2012 and one bank acquisition in 2013, each of which included a team of local commercial lending officers which has given us a greater network and far greater capacity to attract commercial and private banking relationships. The Company will seek to continue to develop its commercial lending activities through strategic “lift outs” of lending teams in various geographic markets that have particular business “niches” and “specialty.”

 

   

The Company has successfully attracted and launched several new loan origination groups through acquisitions and the new hire process. These include the acquisition of The Palisades Group and CS Financial as well as the hiring and launch of our Financial Institutions Bank (which has a product offerings such as securities backed lines of credit, insurance backed lines of credit and financial advisor acquisition financing), our multi-family and CRE lending teams, and equipment finance teams. We will seek to continue to diversify our lending capabilities through our hiring and M&A process.

 

   

Develop simple, fair deposit products: checking, CD, analysis and cash management

 

   

Implement a robust CRA plan focused on integrating with and investing in our communities

 

   

Invest in Complementary Financial Services Businesses

 

   

The Company seeks to invest in and grow mutually complementary financial services businesses either as part of its subsidiary bank or through other non-bank subsidiaries. In 2013, these efforts resulted in the acquisition of The Palisades Group (an asset management and investment advisory businesses focused on whole loans, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) and CS Financial (a private mortgage bank serving high net worth borrowers throughout California, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank).

 

   

Continue as a public company with a common stock that is quoted and traded on a national stock market. In addition to providing access to growth capital in a diversified approach, such as common or preferred stock and debt, we believe a “public currency” provides flexibility in structuring acquisitions and will allow us to attract and retain qualified management through equity-based compensation.

Operating Strategies

 

   

Achieve appropriate scale and profitability for each line of business.

 

   

Execute its focused value proposition and marketing to become California’s Bank.

 

   

Enhance the Company’s risk management functions by proactively managing sound procedures and committing experienced human resources to this effort. We seek (i) to identify risks in all functions of our business, including credit, operations and asset and liability management, (ii) to evaluate such risks and their trends and (iii) to adopt strategies to manage such risks based upon our evaluations.

 

   

Maintain and improve asset quality through prudent loan underwriting standards and credit risk management practices.

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Actively manage interest rate and market risks by closely matching the volume and maturity of our interest sensitive assets to our interest sensitive liabilities in order to mitigate adverse effects of rapid changes in interest rates on either side of our balance sheet.

 

   

Expand lending, to California’s private businesses, entrepreneurs and homeowners, which commonly are associated with deposits that are a lower cost and/or more stable funding source.

 

   

Share the success of the Company with employees aligned with shareholders by establishing the Employee Equity Ownership Plan effective October 15, 2013 to make every employee a shareholder, subject to vesting, as of their 90th day of employment.

Recent Transactions

CS Financial Acquisition

Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial, Inc. (CS Financial), which became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. CS Financial specializes in higher balance residential mortgage loans that serve the Bank’s high net worth individual, entrepreneur and family office clients, and the Bank believes the acquisition of CS Financial will increase its origination of such loan products.

The CS Financial acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2013. Because of the short time period between acquisition date and December 31, 2013, the Company used significant estimates and assumptions to value the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The closing date valuations related to loans, premises, equipment, capital leases, other intangible assets, other assets, and assumed liabilities are considered preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.

For additional information regarding this transaction, see Notes 2 and 25 of the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

Branch Sales

Effective October 4, 2013, the Company completed the sale of eight branches to AmericanWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank (AWB). The transaction provided for the transfer of deposits of $464.3 million and its related assets to AWB in exchange for a deposit premium of 2.3 percent applied to certain deposit balances transferred. Certain other assets related to the branches included the real estate for three of the branch locations and certain overdraft and other credit facilities related to the deposit accounts. The branches were located in San Diego, Riverside and Los Angeles Counties. The sale was done to reshape the Bank’s branch network to focus on serving small-to-mid sized businesses and high net worth families throughout Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties.

For additional information regarding this transaction, see Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

The Palisades Group, LLC Acquisition

Effective September 10, 2013, the Company acquired The Palisades Group, LLC (Palisades), a Delaware limited liability company and a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Units Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, amended and restated as of August 12, 2013. Palisades provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties, including the Bank, with respect to the purchase, sale and management of residential mortgage loans.

The Palisades acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the September 10, 2013 acquisition date. No goodwill was recognized.

For additional information regarding this transaction, see Notes 2 and 25 of the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Private Bank of California Acquisition

Effective July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of The Private Bank of California (PBOC) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, as amended (the Merger Agreement), by and between the Company, Beach Business Bank (Beach) (then a separate subsidiary bank of the Company) and PBOC. PBOC merged with and into Beach, with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and changing its name to “The Private Bank of California.” As noted above, on October 11, 2013, The Private Bank of California was merged with the Company’s other wholly owned banking subsidiary, Banc of California, National Association (formerly Pacific Trust Bank.)

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company paid aggregate merger consideration of (1) 2,082,654 shares of Company common stock (valued at $28.3 million based on the $13.58 per share closing price of Company common stock on July 1, 2013), and (2) $25.3 million in cash. Additionally, the Company paid out $2.7 million for certain outstanding options to acquire PBOC common stock in accordance with the merger agreement and converted outstanding PBOC stock options to the Company’s stock options with an assumed fair value of approximately $30 thousand. On the basis of the number of shares of PBOC common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Merger, each outstanding share of PBOC common stock was converted into the right to receive $6.52 in cash and 0.5379 shares of Company common stock.

In addition, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share).

PBOC provided a range of financial services, including credit and deposit products as well as cash management services, from its headquarters located in the Century City area of Los Angeles, California as well as full-service branches in Hollywood and Irvine, and a loan production office in downtown Los Angeles. PBOC’s target clients included high-net worth and high income individuals, business professionals and their professional service firms, business owners, entertainment service businesses and non-profit organizations.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company has expensed approximately $2.6 million of direct acquisition costs and recorded $15.0 million of goodwill and $10.4 million of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 2-7 years. Loans that were acquired from PBOC that were considered credit-impaired were written down at the acquisition date in accordance with purchase accounting to fair value. In addition, the allowance for loan losses for all PBOC loans was not carried over to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. A full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset was recorded as well. For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all nontaxable and/or non-deductible. Certain valuations related to assumed liabilities are considered preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.

Gateway Bancorp Acquisition

Effective August 18, 2012, the Company acquired Gateway Bancorp, the holding company of Gateway Business Bank (Gateway) pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) dated June 3, 2011, as amended on November 28, 2011, February 24, 2012, June 30, 2012, and July 31, 2012. The acquisition was accomplished by the Company’s purchase of all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp for $15.4 million in cash.

Gateway operated branches in Lakewood and Laguna Hills, California. As part of the acquisition, Mission Hills Mortgage Bankers, a division of Gateway, including its 22 loan production offices in California, Arizona,

 

6


Table of Contents

Oregon and Washington, became a part of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations. Gateway’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of August 17, 2012 totaled $175.5 million and $25.8 million, respectively. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company recorded $11.6 million of bargain purchase gain and $1.7 million of other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2012. The other intangible assets are related to $720 thousand of core deposits, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 4 - 6 years, and $955 thousand of trade name intangible which is being amortized over 20 years. For tax purposes the purchase accounting adjustments and bargain purchase gain are non-taxable and/or non-deductible. Due to circumstances that Gateway faced at the time the acquisition was negotiated, which include regulatory orders and operating losses, the terms negotiated included a purchase price that was $5 million lower than Gateway Bancorp’s equity book value. The discount was further increased to $6.5 million in exchange for the elimination of any contingent liability to the shareholder of Gateway Bancorp related to mortgage repurchase risk. Due to delays in obtaining regulatory approval, the transaction closed nine months later than originally planned. This passage of time allowed Gateway to eliminate all regulatory orders, return to profitability, improve asset quality, and increase the book value of equity by reducing the expected discount on assets.

Beach Business Bank Acquisition

Effective July 1, 2012, the Company acquired Beach Business Bank pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Beach Merger Agreement) dated August 30, 2011, as amended October 31, 2011. At the effective time of the transaction, a newly formed and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (Merger Sub) merged with and into Beach (the Merger), with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the Merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant and subject to the terms of the Beach Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Beach common stock (other than specified shares owned by the Company, Merger Sub or Beach, and other than in the case of shares in respect of, or underlying, certain Beach options and other equity awards, which were treated as set forth in the Beach Merger Agreement) was converted into the right to receive $9.21415 in cash and one warrant. Each warrant entitled the holder to purchase 0.33 of a share of Company common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share for a period of one year. All of the warrants expired on June 30, 2013 without being exercised. The aggregate cash consideration paid to Beach shareholders in the Merger was approximately $39.1 million. In addition, Beach shareholders received in aggregate warrants to purchase the equivalent of 1,401,959 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.0 million.

Beach (re-named The Private Bank of California effective July 1, 2013 and merged with Pacific Trust Bank on October 11, 2013 to form the Bank) operated branches in Manhattan Beach, Long Beach, and Costa Mesa, California. Beach also has a division named The Doctors Bank®, which serves physicians and dentists nationwide. Additionally, Beach provided loans to small businesses based on Small Business Administration (SBA) lending programs, which the Bank continues to provide. Beach’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012 totaled $311.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company recorded $7.0 million of goodwill and $4.5 million of other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2012. The other intangible assets were primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 2 - 7 years. For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all non-taxable and/or non-deductible.

Lending Activities

Governance

The Company conducts its lending activities under a system of risk governance controls. A key element of our risk governance structure is our risk appetite framework and risk appetite statement. The risk appetite

 

7


Table of Contents

framework adopted by the Company and the Bank has been developed in conjunction with the Company’s strategic and capital plans. The strategic and capital plans articulate the Board approved balance sheet and loan concentration targets and the appropriate level of capital to properly manage our risks.

The risk appetite framework provides the overall approach, including policies, processes, controls, and systems through which the risk appetite is established, communicated, and monitored. The risk appetite framework utilizes a risk assessment process to identify inherent risks across the Company, gauge the effectiveness of our internal controls, and establish tolerances for residual risk in each of the regulatory risk categories: credit, market (interest rate and price risks), liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic, and reputational. Each risk category is assigned risk ratings with a target overall residual risk rating for the organization. The risk appetite framework includes a risk appetite statement, risk limits, and an outline of roles and responsibilities of those overseeing the implementation and monitoring of the framework. The risk appetite statement is an expression of the maximum level of risk that we are prepared to accept in order to achieve our business objectives. Defining, communicating, and monitoring risk appetite is fundamental to a safe and sound control environment and a risk-focused culture. The Board of Directors establishes the Company’s strategic objectives and approves the Company’s risk appetite statement, which is developed in collaboration with the chief executive officer, chief risk officer, general counsel, chief financial officer, and business unit leaders. The executive team translates the Board approved strategic objectives and the risk appetite statement into targets and constraints for business lines and legal entities to follow.

The risk appetite framework is supported by an enterprise risk management program. Enterprise risk management at the Company integrates all risk efforts under one common framework. Key elements of enterprise risk management that are intended to support prudent lending activities include:

 

   

Policies— Loan policy articulates the credit culture of our lending business and provides clarity around encouraged and discouraged lending activities. Additional policies cover key business segments of the portfolio, for example Commercial Real Estate Policy, and other important aspects supporting our lending activities, for example appraisal, risk ratings, fair lending, etc.

 

   

Credit Approval Authorities— all material credit exposures of the Bank are approved by a credit risk management group that is independent of the business units. Above this threshold, credit approvals are made by the chief credit officer or an executive management committee of the Bank. The enterprise risk committee of the Board reviews/approves material loan pool purchases/divestitures and any other transactions as appropriate.

 

   

Concentration Policy and Guidelines—To mitigate and manage the risk within the Company’s loan portfolio, the Board of Directors established certain concentration guidelines which it expects to review and revise from time to time as appropriate. It is anticipated that these guidelines will be reviewed regularly and may change at any time including pursuant to quarterly or annual reviews. For instance, the Company’s Board expects to review the concentration guidelines when considering material strategic initiatives such as acquisitions and new product launches. The Company has developed policies relating to the appropriate actions to be taken should management seek to increase the concentration guidelines or exceed the guideline maximum, including for good reason. These concentration guidelines are not meant to be restrictive limits, but are intended to aid management and the Board to ensure that the Bank’s loan concentrations are consistent with the Board’s risk appetite.

 

   

Stress Testing– the Bank has developed a stress test policy and stress testing methodology as a tool to evaluate our loan portfolio, capital levels and strategic plan with the objective of ensuring that our loan portfolio and balance sheet concentrations are consistent with the Board approved risk appetite and strategic and capital plans.

 

   

Loan Portfolio Management— the Bank has an internal asset review committee that formally reviews the loan portfolio on a regular basis. Risk rating trends, loan portfolio performance, including delinquency status, and the resolution of problem assets are reviewed and evaluated.

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Commercial Real Estate Loan Pricing, Multi-Family Loan Pricing and Residential Loan Pricing—Regular discussions occur between Treasury, Capital Markets, Credit and Risk Management and the Business units with regard to the pricing of our loan products. These committees meet to ensure that the Bank is pricing its products appropriately to meet our strategic and capital plans while ensuring an appropriate return for shareholders.

General

The Company offers a number of different commercial and consumer loan products, including commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, SBA guaranteed business loans, construction and renovation loans, lease financing, one-to-four family residential (single family residential and SFR) mortgage loans, warehouse loans, asset or security backed loans, home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), consumer and business lines of credit, home equity loans and other consumer loans.

Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with OCC regulations, which prohibit a national bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests on any amount that exceeds 15 percent of the bank’s capital and surplus, plus an additional 10 percent of the bank’s capital and surplus, if the amount that exceeds the bank’s 15 percent general limit is fully secured by readily marketable collateral. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits for loans to one borrower were $54.1 million for unsecured loans plus an additional $36.1 million for specific secured loans.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

Commercial and industrial loans are made to finance operations, provide working capital, or to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory. A borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment. Accordingly, our policies provide specific guidelines regarding debt coverage and other important financial ratios. Commercial and industrial loans include lines of credit and commercial term loans. Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and guarantor(s) and generally are collateralized by short-term assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate and have a maturity of one year or less. Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets or refinance short-term debt originally used to purchase fixed assets. Commercial term loans generally have terms of one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset being acquired or other available assets.

Commercial and industrial loans include short-term secured and unsecured business and commercial loans with maturities typically ranging up to 5 years (up to 10 years if a SBA loan), accounts receivable financing typically for 1-5 years (up to 10 years if a SBA loan), and equipment leases up to 6 years. The interest rates on these loans generally are adjustable and usually are indexed to The Wall Street Journal’s prime rate or LIBOR and will vary based on market conditions and be commensurate to the credit risk. Where it can be negotiated, loans are written with a floor rate of interest. Generally, lines of credit are granted for no more than a 12-month period.

Commercial and industrial loans, including accounts receivable and inventory financing, generally are made to businesses that have been in operation for at least 5 years or less if a SBA loan, including start-ups. To qualify for such loans, prospective borrowers generally must have debt-to-net worth ratios not exceeding 3-to-1, operating cash flow sufficient to demonstrate the ability to pay obligations as they become due, and good payment histories as evidenced by credit reports. We attempt to control our risk by generally requiring loan-to-value (LTV) ratios of not more than 80 percent and by closely and regularly monitoring the amount and value of the collateral in order to maintain that ratio.

The Company’s commercial and industrial business lending policy includes credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower’s background, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower’s capital and collateral as well as an evaluation of other conditions affecting the borrower. Analysis of the borrower’s past,

 

9


Table of Contents

present and future cash flows is also an important aspect of our credit analysis. In order to mitigate the risk of borrower default, we generally require collateral to support the credit or, in the case of loans made to businesses, personal guarantees from their owners, or both. In addition, all such loans must have well-defined primary and secondary sources of repayment. Nonetheless, these loans are believed to carry higher credit risk than traditional single-family home loans.

Commercial and industrial loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). The Company’s commercial business loans are usually, but not always, secured by business assets. However, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. See “—Asset Quality—Non-Performing Assets” in Item 7.

Commercial and industrial loan growth also assists in the growth of our deposits because many commercial loan borrowers establish noninterest-bearing (demand) and interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts and banking services relationships with us. Those deposit accounts help us to reduce our overall cost of funds and those banking services relationships provide us with a source of non-interest income.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, commercial and industrial loans totaled $287.8 million or 11.8 percent and $80.4 million or 6.4 percent, respectively, of the total gross loans. This increase was due mainly to the acquisition of PBOC as well as loan originations in 2013.

Commercial Real Estate Lending and Multi-Family Real Estate Lending

Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans are secured primarily by multi-family dwellings, industrial/warehouse buildings, anchored and non-anchored retail centers, office buildings and hospitality properties, on a limited basis, primarily located in the Company’s market area, and throughout the West Coast. At December 31, 2013, commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans totaled $529.9 million, or 21.7 percent, and $141.6 million, or 5.8 percent, respectively, of the Company’s total gross loans, as compared to $338.9 million, or 27.1 percent, and $115.1 million, or 9.2 percent, respectively, of the Company’s total gross loans, at December 31, 2012. This increase was due mainly to the acquisition of PBOC as well as loan originations in 2013.

The Company’s loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate are originated with either a fixed or adjustable interest rate. The interest rate on adjustable-rate loans is based on a variety of indices, generally determined through negotiation with the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios on these loans typically do not exceed 75 percent of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans typically require monthly payments, may contain balloon payments and have maximum maturities of 30 years.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate are underwritten based on the income producing potential of the property and the financial strength of the borrower/sponsor. The net operating income, which is the income derived from the operation of the property less all operating expenses, must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt. The Company generally requires an assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing multi-family and commercial real estate loans are performed by independent state licensed fee appraisers approved by management. See “—Loan and Lease Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments” In item 7. The Company may require the borrower to maintain a tax or insurance escrow account for loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate. In order to monitor the adequacy of cash flows on income-producing properties, the borrower is generally required to provide periodic financial information.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. These loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.

 

10


Table of Contents

Because payments on loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. See “—Asset Quality—Non-Performing Assets” in Item 7.

Small Business Administration Loans

The Company provides numerous SBA loan products, primarily through the Bank. Beach Business Bank (which was acquired by the Company in 2012, re-named The Private Bank of California on July 1, 2013 and merged with and into the Bank on October 11, 2013) had approval to access the Preferred Lenders Program (PLP) within the SBA. After the October 11, 2013 subsidiary bank merger, the Bank received PLP status within the SBA effective as of February 3, 2014. The Bank’s PLP status generally gives it the authority to make the final credit decision and have most servicing and liquidation authority.

The Company provides the following SBA products:

 

   

7(a)—These loans provide the Bank with a guarantee from the SBA of the United States Government for up to 85 percent of the loan amount for loans up to $150,000 and 75 percent of the loan amount for loans of more than $150,000, with a maximum loan amount of $5 million. These are term loans that can be used for a variety of purposes including expansion, renovation, new construction, and equipment purchases. Depending on collateral, these loans can have terms ranging from 7 to 25 years. The guaranteed portion of these loans is often sold into the secondary market.

 

   

Cap Lines—In general, also guaranteed up to 75 percent and typically used for working capital purposes, secured by accounts receivable and/or inventory. These lines are generally allowed for up to $5 million and can be issued with maturities of up to 5 years.

 

   

504 Loans—These are real estate loans in which the lender can advance up to 90 percent of the purchase price; retain 50 percent as a first trust deed; and, have a Certified Development Company (CDC) retain the 2nd position for 40 percent of the total cost. CDC’s are licensed by the SBA. Required equity of the borrower is 10 percent. Terms of the first trust deed are typically similar to market rates for conventional real estate loans, while the CDC establishes rates and terms for the second trust deed loan.

 

   

SBA Express—These loans offer a 50 percent guaranty by the SBA and are up to a maximum of $350,000 (although the SBA temporarily increased the maximum limit to $1 million on October 8, 2010 for a period of one year). These loans are typically revolving lines and have maturities of up to 7 years.

SBA lending is subject to federal legislation that can affect the availability and funding of the program. This dependence on legislative funding might cause future limitations and uncertainties with regard to the continued funding of such programs, which could potentially have an adverse financial impact on our business.

The Company’s portfolio of SBA loans is subject to certain risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the effects of economic downturns on the Southern California economy; (ii) interest rate increases; (iii) deterioration of the value of the underlying collateral; and, (iv) deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantors financial capabilities. We attempt to reduce the exposure of these risks through: (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually; (b) adhering to written loan policies; (c) adhering to SBA policies and regulations; (e) obtaining independent third party appraisals; and (f) obtaining external independent credit reviews. SBA loans normally require monthly installment payments of principal and interest and therefore are continually monitored for past due conditions. In general, the Company receives and reviews financial statements and other documents of borrowing customers on an ongoing basis during the term of the relationship and responds to any deterioration identified.

At December 31, 2013, SBA loans totaled $27.4 million or 1.1 percent of total gross loans compared to $36.1 million or 2.9 percent of total gross loans at December 31, 2012.

 

11


Table of Contents

Construction Lending

Our construction lending primarily relates to one-to-four family residential properties. The Company may in the future originate or purchase loans or participations in construction and rehabilitation loans on residential, multi-family and/or commercial real estate properties. The Company had $24.9 million in construction loans at December 31, 2013, or 1.0 percent of total gross loans compared to $6.6 million or 0.5 percent of total gross loans at December 31, 2012. The increase was due mainly to the acquisition of $16.7 million construction loans in the PBOC acquisition.

Lease Financing

Commercial equipment leasing and financing was introduced as a product in the third quarter of 2012 to meet the needs of small and medium sized businesses for growth through investments in commercial equipment. The Company provides full payout capital leases and equipment finance agreements for essential use equipment to small and medium sized business nationally. The terms are 1 to 7 years in length and generally provide more flexibility to meet the equipment obsolescence needs of small and medium sized businesses than traditional business loans.

Commercial equipment leases are secured by the business assets being financed. The Company also obtains a commercial guaranty of the business and generally a personal guaranty of the owner(s) of the business. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $31.9 million in commercial equipment leases outstanding, or 1.3 percent of total loans and leases, an increase of $20.7 million, or 185.2 percent, from $11.2 million, or 0.9 percent of total loans and leases at December 31, 2012.

Real Estate 1-4 Family First Mortgages Loans

The Company originates loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residences throughout California and the United States.

The Company offers a variety of loan products catering to the specific needs of borrowers, including fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgages with either 30-year or 15-year terms. The Company offers conventional mortgages eligible for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, government insured Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Veteran Affairs (VA) mortgages, and jumbo loans where the loan amount exceeds Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac limits.

The Company’s residential lending activity includes both a direct-to-consumer retail residential lending business and a wholesale and correspondent mortgage business. In the retail business, Company loan officers are located either in our call center in Irvine, Bank branches in San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties, or loan production offices throughout California and in Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia and Washington, and originate mortgage loans directly to consumers. The wholesale mortgage business originates residential mortgage loans submitted to the Company by outside mortgage brokers for underwriting and funding. The correspondent mortgage business acquires residential mortgage loans originated by outside mortgage bankers. The Company does not originate loans defined as high cost by state or federal regulators.

The Company also purchases closed residential mortgage loans from other banks or mortgage bankers through its correspondent subsidiary. Purchased loans are underwritten by the Bank prior to purchase and contain representations and warranties from the seller concerning the accuracy of the credit file and compliance with regulations.

A majority of residential mortgage loans originated by the Company are made to finance the purchase or the refinance of existing loans on owner-occupied homes with a smaller percentage used to finance non-owner occupied homes. A majority of the Company’s loan originations for the held for investment portfolio are collateralized by real properties located in Southern California; however the Bank originates loans held for sale collateralized by real properties located throughout the United States.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Company generally underwrites one-to-four family residential mortgage loans based on the applicant’s income and credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. Generally, the Company requires private mortgage insurance for conventional loans with a loan to value greater than 80 percent of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price, and FHA insurance or a VA guaranty for government loans. Properties securing our one-to-four family residential mortgage loans are appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by management. The Company requires borrowers to obtain title insurance, hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary.

The Company currently originates one-to-four family residential mortgage loans on either a fixed- or an adjustable-rate basis, as consumer demand and the Bank’s risk management dictates. The Company’s pricing strategy for mortgage loans includes setting interest rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions and mortgage originators.

Adjustable-rate mortgages (ARM) loans are offered with flexible initial and periodic repricing dates, ranging from one year to seven years through the life of the loan. The Company uses a variety of indices to reprice ARM loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company originated $792.5 million of one-to-four family residential ARM loans with terms up to 30 years.

The Company sells a majority of the mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market and may not service these loans after sale of the loans. However, a percentage of adjustable rate mortgage loans are held for investment, and the Company services these loans. Loans sold to investors are subject to certain indemnification provisions, including the repurchase of loans sold and the repayment of sales proceeds to investors under certain conditions. In addition, if a customer defaults on a mortgage payment within the first few payments after the loan is sold, the Company may be required to repurchase the loan at the full amount paid by the purchaser.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, one-to-four family first mortgages totaled $1.29 billion, or 52.6 percent and $638.7 million, or 51.2 percent, respectively, of the total gross loans. The increase was mainly due to the Company’s originations and purchases of five seasoned SFR loan pools in 2013.

HELOCs, Home Equity Loans and Other Consumer Credit

The Company offers a variety of secured consumer loans, including second trust deed home equity loans and home equity lines of credit and loans secured by savings deposits. The Company also offers a limited amount of unsecured loans. The Company originates consumer and other real estate loans primarily in its market area. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity or variable interest rates, which reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates, and carry higher rates of interest than do conventional one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to the Company’s existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

The Company’s second deed of trust home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans totaled $116.0 million, and comprised 4.7 percent of the total gross loans at December 31, 2013. Other home equity lines of credit have a seven or ten year draw period and require the payment of 1.0 percent or 1.5 percent of the outstanding loan balance per month (depending on the terms) during the draw period. Following receipt of payments, the available credit includes amounts repaid up to the credit limit. Home equity lines of credit with a 10 year draw period have a balloon payment due at the end of the draw period. For loans with shorter term draw periods, once the draw period has lapsed, generally the payment is fixed based on the loan balance and prevailing market interest rates at that time.

The Company proactively monitors changes in the market value of all home loans contained in its portfolio. The Company’s credit risk management policy requires the purchase of independent, third party valuations of every property in its residential loan portfolio twice during the year. The most recent valuations were as of

 

13


Table of Contents

November 30, 2013. The Company has the right to adjust, and has adjusted, existing lines of credit to address current market conditions subject to the terms of the loan agreement and covenants. At December 31, 2013, unfunded commitments totaled $46.1 million on other consumer lines of credit. Other consumer loan terms vary according to the type of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

As part of service to the Bank’s customers, the Bank from time to time issues formal commitments and lines of credit. These commitments can be either secured or unsecured. They may be in the form of revolving lines of credit for seasonal working capital needs or may take the form of commercial letters of credit or standby letters of credit. Commercial letters of credit facilitate import trade. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.

Private Banking

The Bank offers loans, deposits, and a full range of other banking services to high net worth individuals and entrepreneurs including its full suite of credit products discussed above. Private banking loans include working capital lines of credit to balance the borrower’s business cash flow cycle, loans to finance capital investments or equipment, commercial or residential real estate loans, or unsecured personal loans, customized to fit the needs of the individual or business borrower, based upon the relationship with the customer and the net worth of the customer.

Acquisitions of Seasoned SFR Loan Pools

The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company initially in 2012 and enhanced in 2013 with the acquisition of Palisades involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. Prior to acquiring mortgage loans, the Company, its affiliates, sub-advisors or due diligence partners typically will review the loan portfolio and conduct certain due diligence on a loan by loan basis according to its proprietary diligence plan. This due diligence encompasses analyzing the title, subordinate liens and judgments as well as a comprehensive reconciliation of current property value. The Company, its affiliates, and its sub-advisors prepare a customized version of its diligence plan for each mortgage loan pool being reviewed that is designed to address certain identified pool specific risks. The diligence plan generally reviews several factors, including but not limited to, obtaining and reconciling property value, reviewing chain of titles, reviewing assignments, confirming lien position, reviewing regulatory compliance, updating borrower credit, certifying collateral, and reviewing servicing notes. In certain transactions, a portion of the diligence may be provided by the seller. In those instances, the Company reviews the mortgage loan portfolio to confirm the accuracy of the provided diligence information and supplements as appropriate.

As part of the confirmation of property values in the diligence process, the Company conducts independent due diligence on the individual properties and borrowers prior to the acquisition of the mortgage loans. In addition, market conditions, regional mortgage loan information and local trends in home values, coupled with market knowledge, are used by the Company in calculating the appropriate additional risk discount to compensate for potential property declines, foreclosures, defaults or other risks associated with the mortgage loan portfolio to be acquired. Typically, the Company may enter into one or more agreements with affiliates or third parties to perform certain of these due diligence tasks with respect to acquiring potential mortgage loans.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million at their respective acquisition dates. These loan pools generally consist of seasoned re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement. The Company was able to acquire these loans at a

 

14


Table of Contents

significant discount to both current property value at acquisition and note balance. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $814.0 million and $711.1 million, respectively. The Company determined that certain loans in these seasoned SFR mortgage loan acquisitions reflect credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The unpaid principal balances and fair values of these loans at the respective dates of acquisition were $473.9 million and $342.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $326.0 million and $261.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, approximately 5.63 percent of unpaid principal balance of these loans were delinquent 60 or more days and 1.37 percent were in bankruptcy or foreclosure.

For each acquisition the Company was able to utilize its background in mortgage credit analysis to re-underwrite the borrower’s credit to arrive at what it believes to be an attractive risk adjusted return for a highly collateralized investment in performing mortgage loans. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 62 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 83 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. At the time of acquisition, approximately 86 percent of the mortgage loans by current principal balance (excluding any forbearance amounts) had the original terms modified at some point since origination by a prior owner or servicer. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 4.39 percent, determined by current principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and excluding those with no credit score on file was 655. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $292 thousand. Approximately 89.6 percent of the borrowers by current principal balance had made at least 12 monthly payments in the 12 months preceding the trade date (or, in some cases calculated as making 11 monthly payments in the 11 months preceding the trade date), and 94 percent had made nine monthly payments in the nine months preceding the trade date. The mortgage loans are secured by residences located in all 50 states and Washington DC, with California being the largest state concentration representing 36.3 percent of the note balance, and with no other state concentration exceeding 10.0 percent based upon the current note balance.

During the course of 2012, the Company completed three seasoned SFR loan acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $114.8 million and $66.7 million at the respective acquisition dates. These loan pools generally consist of seasoned re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 70 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 60 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 4.13 percent, determined by current unpaid principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and excluding those with no credit score on file was 632. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion obtained by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $252 thousand. As of December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $88.0 million and $53.2 million, respectively.

As part of the acquisition program, the Company may sell from time to time seasoned SFR mortgage loans that do not meet the Company’s investment standards. During 2013, the Company sold seasoned SFR mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of $176.6 million and a carrying value of $113.0 million.

Non-Traditional Mortgage Loans

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage portfolio (NTM) is comprised of three interest only products: the Green Account Loans (Green Loans), the hybrid interest only adjustable rate mortgage (ARM) and a small number of negatively amortizing ARM loans. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the non-traditional mortgages totaled $309.6 million or 12.7 percent and $368.3 million or 29.5 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively, which is a decrease of $58.7 million or 15.9 percent.

 

15


Table of Contents

The initial credit guidelines for the non-traditional mortgage portfolio were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) score, loan-to-value, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Additionally from an ongoing credit risk management perspective, the Company has assessed that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs to be loan-to-value and FICO scores. On a semi-annual basis, the Company performs loan reviews of the NTM loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and HELOCs and ordering third party automated valuation models (AVM) to confirm collateral value.

Green Account Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. Transactions posted to the checking account are cleared on a daily basis against the loan, effectively bringing the checking account balance to zero on a daily basis. If the outstanding balance of the loan is paid down to a zero balance, excess funds remain in the linked checking account. Subsequent debit activity will use these funds before the line of credit is accessed. Although we ceased originating Green Loan accounts in 2011, existing Green Loan borrowers who continue to meet the Green Loan credit and property value requirements are entitled to continue to draw on their Green Loans, and at December 31, 2013 the balance of Green Loans in our portfolio was $153.0 million, a decrease of $53.4 million from $206.4 million at December 31, 2012.

The finance charge is calculated based on the current interest rate and daily outstanding principal balance. On the payment due date, depending on availability on the line of credit, the payment may be paid by an advance to the loan resulting in the borrower not making a payment. Borrowers who choose to make a payment do so by making a deposit into the linked checking account that is applied to the loan in a daily sweep.

The Green Loans are similar to HELOCs in that they are collateralized primarily by the equity in single family residential mortgage loans. However, some Green Loans are subject to differences from HELOCs relating to certain characteristics including one-action laws. Similar to Green Loans, HELOCs allow the borrower to draw down on the credit line based on an established loan amount for a period of time, typically 10 years, requiring an interest only payment with an option to pay principal at any time. A typical HELOC provides that at the end of the term the borrower can continue to make monthly principal and interest payments based loan balance until the maturity date. The Green Loan is an interest only loan with a maturity of 15 years at which time the loan comes due and payable with a balloon payment due at maturity. The unique payment structure also differs from a traditional HELOC in that payments are made through the direct linkage of a personal checking account to the loan through a nightly sweep of funds into the Green Loan account. This reduces any outstanding balance on the loan by the total amount deposited into the checking account. As a result, every time a deposit is made, effectively a payment to the Green Loan is made. HELOCs typically do not cause the loan to be paid down by a borrowers depositing of funds into their checking account at the same bank.

Credit guidelines for Green Loans were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) scores, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Property types include single family residences and second trust deeds where the Company owned the first liens, owner occupied as well as non-owner occupied properties. The Company utilized its underwriting guidelines for first liens to underwrite the Green Loan secured by second trust deeds as if the combined loans were a single Green Loan.

For single family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $7.0 million and $650 thousand for owner occupied and non-owner occupied, respectively. For two-to-four family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $1.1 million. As loan size increased, the maximum LTV decreases from 80 percent to 60 percent. Maximum LTVs were adjusted by 5-10 percent for specified property types such as condos. FICOs were based on the primary wage earners’ mid FICO score and the lower of two mid FICO scores for full and alternative documentation, respectively. Seventy-six percent of the FICO scores exceeded 700 at the time of origination. Loans greater than $1 million were subject to a second appraisal or third party appraisal review at origination.

 

16


Table of Contents

Interest Only Mortgage Loans

Interest-only mortgage loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest-only payments during the first one, three, or five years during which time the interest rate is fixed before converting to fully amortizing payments. Following the expiration of the fixed interest rate, the interest rate and payment begins to adjust on an annual basis, with fully amortizing payments that include principal and interest calculated over the remaining term of the loan. The loan can be secured by owner or non-owner occupied properties that include single family units and second homes. As of December 31, 2013, our interest only loans decreased by $2.6 million, or 1.8 percent, to $140.0 million from $142.5 million at December 31, 2012.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $2.7 million, or 14.1 percent, to $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013 from $19.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1.2 million and none, respectively, of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Loan and Lease Servicing

During 2013, single family residential mortgage loans held in the portfolio were serviced in house, pursuant to secondary market guidelines. In 2014, the Bank contracted with a nationally known sub-servicer to service these loans. Generally, when a borrower fails to make a payment on a mortgage loan, a late charge notice is mailed approximately 16 days after the due date. All delinquent accounts are reviewed by a collector, who attempts to cure the delinquency by contacting the borrower prior to the loan becoming 30 days past due. If the loan becomes 60 days delinquent, the collector will generally contact the borrower by phone, send a personal letter and/or engage a field service company to visit the property in order to identify the reason for the delinquency. Once the loan becomes 90 days delinquent, contact with the borrower is made requesting payment of the delinquent amount in full, or the establishment of an acceptable repayment plan to bring the loan current. When a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, a drive-by inspection is made and if an acceptable repayment plan has not been agreed upon, a collection officer will generally initiate foreclosure or refer the account to the Company’s counsel to initiate foreclosure proceedings.

For SBA, construction, lease financing and consumer loans a similar process is followed, with the initial written contact being made once the loan is 10 days past due with a follow-up notice at 16 days past due. Follow-up contacts are generally on an accelerated basis compared to the SFR mortgage loan procedure.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) represents management’s best estimate of the probable losses inherent in the existing loan and lease portfolio. The ALLL is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to expense and reduced by loan and lease charge-offs, net of recoveries.

Management evaluates the Company’s ALLL on a quarterly basis, or more often if needed. Management believes the ALLL is a “critical accounting estimation” because it is based upon the assessment of various quantitative and qualitative factors affecting the collectability of loans and lease, including current economic conditions, past credit experience, delinquency status, the value of the underlying collateral, if any, and a continuing review of the portfolio of loans and leases.

The Company’s ALLL is based on a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and non-accrual loans and leases, TDR, asset classifications, loan and lease credit risk grades,

 

17


Table of Contents

changes in the volume and mix of loans and leases, collateral value, historical loss experience, peer group loss experience, size and complexity of individual credits, and economic conditions. Provisions for loan and lease losses are provided on both a specific and general basis.

The Company incorporates statistics provided by the FDIC regarding loss percentages experience by banks in the western United States, as well as an internal three-year loss history, to establish potential risk based on the type of collateral, if any, securing each loan and lease. As an additional comparison, data from local banks with the Company’s peer group is reviewed to determine the nature and scope of their losses to date. These reviews provide an understanding of the geographic and size trends in the local banking community.

Specifically, our allowance methodology contains three key elements: (i) amounts based on specific evaluations of impaired loans and leases; (ii) amounts of estimated losses by loans and leases segmentation and by risk rating; and (iii) amounts for qualitative factors, including environmental and general economic factors that indicate probable losses were incurred but were not captured through the other elements of our ALLL process. In addition, for loans and leases measured at fair value on the acquisition date, and deemed to be non-impaired, our allowance methodology captures deterioration in credit quality and other inherent risks of such acquired assets experienced after the purchase date.

Impaired loans and leases are identified at each reporting date based on certain criteria and the majority of which are individually reviewed for impairment. Nonaccrual loans and leases and all performing restructured loans are reviewed individually for the amount of impairment, if any. A loan or lease is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the agreement. We measure impairment of a loan based upon the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent, or the present value of cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, if the loan is not collateral-dependent. We measure impairment of a lease based upon the present value of the scheduled lease and residual cash flows, discounted at the lease’s effective interest rate. Increased charge-offs or additions to specific reserves generally result in increased provisions for credit losses.

Our loan and lease portfolio, excluding impaired loans and leases that are evaluated individually, is evaluated by segmentation. The segmentations we currently evaluate are:

 

   

Commercial and industrial

 

   

Commercial real estate

 

   

Construction

 

   

SBA

 

   

Leases

 

   

Single family residence — 1st trust deeds

 

   

Single family residence — 2nd trust deeds

 

   

Other consumer

Within these loan segments, we then evaluate loans and leases not adversely classified, which we refer to as “pass” credits, separately from adversely classified loans and leases. The adversely classified loans and leases are further grouped into three credit risk rating categories: “special mention,” “substandard,” and “doubtful.” See “—Asset Quality—Risk Ratings” in Item 7.

In addition, we may refer to the loans and leases classified as “substandard” and “doubtful” together as “classified” loans and leases.

The allowance amounts for “pass” rated loans and leases and those loans and leases adversely classified, which are not reviewed individually, are determined using historical loss rates. The historical loss rates are updated quarterly based on historical losses.

 

18


Table of Contents

Finally, in order to ensure our allowance methodology is incorporating recent trends and economic conditions, we perform a qualitative analysis, including the consideration of environmental and general economic factors to our ALLL methodology including: (i) credit concentrations; (ii) delinquency trends; (iii) economic and business conditions; (iv) the quality of lending management and staff; (v) lending policies and procedures; (vi) loss and recovery trends; (vii) nature and volume of the portfolio; (viii) nonaccrual and problem loan trends; (ix) usage trends of unfunded commitments; (x) and other adjustments for items not covered by other factors.

Management periodically reviews the quantitative and qualitative loss factors utilized in its analysis of the specific and general ALLL in an effort to incorporate the current status of the factors described above.

Although management believes the level of the ALLL as of December 31, 2013 was adequate to absorb probable losses in the portfolio, declines in economies of the Company’s primary markets or other factors could result in losses that cannot be reasonably predicted at this time.

Although we have established an ALLL that we consider appropriate, there can be no assurance that the established ALLL will be sufficient to offset losses on loans and leases in the future. Management also believes that the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is appropriate. In making this determination, we use the same methodology for the reserve for unfunded loan commitments as we do for the allowance for loan and lease losses and consider the same quantitative and qualitative factors, as well as an estimate of the probability of advances of the commitments correlated to their credit risk rating.

At December 31, 2013, our total ALLL was $18.8 million or 0.77 percent of the total loans and leases, as compared to $14.4 million, or 1.16 percent of the total loans and leases at December 31, 2012. The ALLL that was collectively evaluated for impairment on originated loans and leases at December 31, 2013 was $17.1 million, which represented 1.46 percent of total originated loans and leases, as compared to $13.2 million, or 1.48 percent, of total originated loans and leases at December 31, 2012. Including the non-credit impaired loans acquired through the Beach, Gateway, and PBOC acquisitions, ALLL that was collectively evaluated for impairment was $18.5 million, which represents 1.13 percent of total of such loans and leases, as compared to $13.2 million, or 1.18 percent, or total of such loans and leases. The ALLL that was individually evaluated for impairment was $96 thousand at December 31, 2013 compared to $1.2 million at December 31, 2012. An unallocated ALLL of $450 thousand was held at December 31, 2013. Assessing the allowance for loan and lease losses is inherently subjective as it requires making material estimates, including the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans and leases that may be susceptible to significant change. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, reflects estimated probable losses presently inherent in our loan and lease portfolios.

Investment Activities

The general objectives of our investment portfolio are to provide liquidity when loan and lease demand is high, to assist in maintaining earnings when loan and lease demand is low and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk, including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. See Item 7A “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

The Company currently invests in mortgage-backed securities (MBS) as part of our asset/liability management strategy. Management believes that MBS can represent attractive investment alternatives relative to other investments due to the wide variety of maturity and repayment options available through such investments. In particular, the Company has concluded that short and intermediate duration MBS (with an expected average life of less than ten years) represent a combination of rate and duration that match the Company’s liquidity and risk profile goals. All of the Company’s negotiable securities, including MBS, are held as “available for sale.”

 

19


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and leases and investment securities, and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and leases and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan and lease prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Company invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Company also generates cash through borrowings. The Company utilizes Federal Home Loan Bank advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management.

Deposits

The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to both consumers and businesses having a wide range of interest rates and terms. The Company’s deposits consist of savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, interest bearing demand accounts, and certificates of deposit. The Company solicits deposits primarily in our market area and from institutional investors.

During 2012, we introduced the “One Account” and the “Preferred Account,” in order to grow a stable, high quality, core deposit base, and reduce our reliance on brokered deposits, resulting in a lower cost and more stable funding base. Core deposits grew $1.66 billion during 2013 and totaled $2.48 billion at December 31, 2013 and represented 84.9 percent of total deposits. Our One Account is designed to attract and serve individuals who may not need our loan products or otherwise be familiar with our Bank. We believe our service encourages them to build a full relationship with us, including lending relationships. Our Preferred Account serves customers who use the Bank as one of their primary banking relationships. Our relationship managers have successfully learned how to offer full deposit products to their loan clients and build long-term, deep relationships. Our business banking is also a key source of core deposits and, more recently, we have begun to attract core deposits from our private banking clients as well.

The Bank held brokered deposits of $350.0 million at December 31, 2013. The Company primarily relies on competitive pricing policies, marketing and customer service to attract and retain deposits.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts the Company offers has allowed the Company to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. The Company tries to manage the pricing of our deposits in keeping with our asset/liability management, liquidity and profitability objectives, subject to competitive factors. Based on our experience, the Company believes that our deposits are relatively stable sources of funds. Despite this stability, the Company’s ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid on them has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

Borrowings

Although deposits are our primary source of funds, the Company may utilize borrowings when they are a less costly source of funds and can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, when the Company desires additional capacity to fund loan and lease demand or when they meet our asset/liability management goals. The Company’s borrowings historically have consisted of advances to the Bank from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB). However, the Bank also has the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (Federal Reserve Bank), in additional to Federal Funds borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements.

 

20


Table of Contents

The Bank may obtain advances from the FHLB by collateralizing the advances with certain of the Bank’s mortgage loans and mortgage-backed and other securities. These advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate, range of maturities and call features. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $250.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $322.9 million. The Bank also had the ability to borrow $80.8 million from the Federal Reserve Bank as of that date. See also Note 11 of the Notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in item 8 of this report for additional information regarding FHLB advances. Of the $250.0 million in FHLB borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013, $235.0 million are expected to mature in 2014 and $15.0 million are expected to mature in 2015.

Competition and Market Area

The Company faces strong competition in originating real estate and other loans and in attracting deposits. Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Other commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer lending.

The Company attracts deposits through the retail branch network and through the internet. One of the ways the Company has been able to be competitive in this area is through its retail branch network. A greater understanding for the needs of the client is uncovered through certain sales processes utilized by the branch network. Consequently, the branches have the ability to service those needs with a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates. Competition for deposits is principally from other commercial banks savings institutions, and credit unions located in the same community, as well as mutual funds and other alternative investments. Effective October 4, 2013, the Company sold eight branches located in Los Angeles, Riverside and San Diego counties. From this transaction, the Company sold all of its deposits in Riverside county and a substantial portion of deposits in San Diego county. Based on the most recent branch deposit data as of June 30, 2013 provided by the FDIC, the share of deposits for the Bank in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, and San Diego counties was as follows:

 

     As of  
     June 30, 2013  

Los Angeles County

     0.21

Orange County

     0.59

Riverside County

     0.67

San Diego County

     1.10

Employees

At December 31, 2013, we had a total of 1,361 full-time employees and 23 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management considers its employee relations to be satisfactory.

Regulation and Supervision

General

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal laws.

As a financial holding company, the Banc of California, Inc. is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and its primary regulator is the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As a national bank, the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the OCC. In addition, the Bank is also subject to backup regulation from the FDIC.

 

21


Table of Contents

Regulation and supervision by the federal banking agencies are intended primarily for the protection of customers and depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC and not for the benefit of shareholders. Set forth below is a brief description of material information regarding certain laws and regulations that are applicable to Banc of California, Inc. and the Bank. This description, as well as other descriptions of laws and regulations in this 10-K, is not complete and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) enacted on July 1, 2010 is the most significant financial legislation since the 1930s.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires that bank holding companies, such as the Company as a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the BHCA, act as a source of financial and managerial strength for their insured depository institution subsidiaries, such as the Bank, particularly when such subsidiaries are in financial distress. The FDIC has the authority to hold a bank liable for losses it incurs in connection with another commonly controlled bank.

The FRB has extensive enforcement authority over the Company and the OCC has extensive enforcement authority over the Bank under federal law. Enforcement authority generally includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely filing of reports. Except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of formal enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC is required by law.

The Dodd-Frank Act made other significant changes to the regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks, which includes the regulation of the Company and the Bank, and other significant changes will continue to occur as rules are promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act. These regulatory changes have had and will continue to have a material effect on the business and results of the Company and the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), with the authority to promulgate regulations intended to protect consumers with respect to financial products and services, including those provided by the Bank, and to restrict unfair, deceptive or abusive conduct by providers of consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has issued rules under the Dodd-Frank Act affecting the Bank’s residential mortgage lending business, including ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage standards, mortgage servicing standards, loan originator compensation standards, high-cost mortgage requirements, appraisal and escrow standards and requirements for higher-priced mortgages. The activities of the Bank are also subject to regulation under numerous federal laws and state consumer protection statutes.

In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative and regulatory proposals affecting banks have been made both domestically and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include significant additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations on size or types of activity in which banks may engage.

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations governing us may be amended from time to time. Any legislative or regulatory changes in the future, including those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

The Company

The Company became a financial holding company effective January 17, 2014. As a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the BHCA, the Company may engage in activities permitted for bank holding companies and may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are

 

22


Table of Contents

financial in nature. “Financial in nature” activities include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking. See “—Volcker Rule” below.

The Company is required to register and file reports with, and is subject to regulation and examination by the FRB. The FRB’s approval is required for acquisition of another financial institution or holding company thereof, and, under certain circumstances, for the acquisition of other subsidiaries.

As a bank holding company, is the Company subject to the current regulations of the Federal Reserve Board on capital for a bank holding company, which establish a capital framework based on Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital generally the same as Tier 1 and a Tier 2 capital for the Bank, as described below. For bank holding companies, generally the minimum capital ratios (all on a consolidated basis) consist of a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4 percent, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent and a leverage ratio of 4 percent. On an individual basis, the Federal Reserve Board can impose higher ratios on a bank holding company. To be considered well-capitalized, a bank holding company must have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10 percent, and must not be subject to a written agreement, order or directive to maintain a specific capital measure. As of December 31, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. was considered well-capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.

The Federal Reserve Board has proposed substantial revisions to the regulations on capital for bank holding companies. See “New Capital Regulations” below.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s policy statement on the payment of cash dividends, a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. A bank holding company must give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any purchase or redemption of its equity securities if the consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the consideration for all such purchases or redemptions in the preceding 12 months is equal to 10 percent or more of its consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would be an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order, or condition imposed in writing by the Federal Reserve Board. This notification requirement does not apply to a bank holding company that qualifies as well capitalized, received a composite rating and a rating for management of “1” or “2” in its last examination and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issue.

The Bank

The Bank is subject to a variety of requirements under federal law.

The Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity.”

The OCC has adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan and lease underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution which fails to comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan.

The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts, primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts. At December 31, 2013, Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.

FDIC Insurance

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The basic deposit insurance limit is generally $250,000 as specified in FDIC regulations. Non-interest bearing transaction accounts received unlimited coverage through December 31, 2013.

 

23


Table of Contents

As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. The Bank’s deposit insurance premiums for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $1.7 million. FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay an additional quarterly assessment called the FICO assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980’s. This assessment will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank paid $131 thousand in FICO assessments.

The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums quarterly on each FDIC-insured institution based on annualized rates. Each institution under $10 billion in assets is assigned to one of four risk categories based on its capital, supervisory ratings and other factors, with higher risk institutions paying higher premiums. Its deposit insurance premiums are based on the rates applicable to its risk category, subject to certain adjustments, and as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, are assessed on the amount of an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital.

Capital Requirements

The Bank is required to maintain specified levels of regulatory capital under the current capital and prompt corrective action regulations of the OCC. To be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a leverage ratio of at least 4.0 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent. To be a well-capitalized, an institution must have a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent and total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent. Institutions that are not well-capitalized are subject to certain restrictions on brokered deposits and interest rates on deposits.

The term leverage ratio means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total leverage assets. The term Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets. The term total risk-based capital ratio means the ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings, excluding most intangible assets. Total capital consists of the sum of an institution’s Tier 1 capital and the amount of its Tier 2 capital up to the amount of its Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital consists generally of certain permanent and maturing capital instruments, the amount of the institution’s allowance for loan and lease losses up to 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets and certain unrealized gains on equity securities. Total adjusted total assets consist of total assets as specified for call report purposes, less such certain items as disallowed servicing assets and accumulated gains/losses on available-for-sale securities. Risk-weighted assets are determined under the capital regulations, which assign to every asset and off-balance sheet item, a risk weight generally ranging from 0 percent to 100 percent based on the inherent risk of the asset. At December 31, 2013, the regulatory capital ratios of the Bank exceeded the ratios required to qualify as well-capitalized. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital.”

The OCC has the ability to establish an individual minimum capital requirement for a particular institution, based on its circumstances, which varies from the capital levels that would otherwise be required. The OCC has not imposed any such requirement on the Bank.

The OCC is authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against an institution that is less than adequately capitalized. Such an institution must submit a capital restoration plan, including a specified guarantee by its holding company, and until the plan is approved by the OCC, the institution may not increase its assets, acquire another institution, establish a branch or engage in any new activities, and generally may not make capital distributions.

For institutions that are not at least adequately capitalized, progressively more severe restrictions generally apply as capital ratios decrease, or if the OCC reclassifies an institution into a lower capital category due to unsafe or unsound practices or unsafe or unsound condition. Such restrictions may cover all aspects of operations and may include a forced merger or acquisition. An institution that becomes “critically undercapitalized” because it has a

 

24


Table of Contents

tangible equity ratio of 2.0 percent or less is generally subject to the appointment of the FDIC as receiver or conservator for the institution within 90 days after it becomes critically undercapitalized. The imposition by the OCC of any of these measures on the Bank may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

The OCC has adopted substantial revisions to the regulations on capital prompt corrective action for FDIC-insured institutions. See “New Capital Regulations” below.

Anti-Money Laundering and Suspicious Activity

Several federal laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the Patriot Act) require all financial institutions, including banks, to implement policies and procedures relating to anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activities, and currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering when determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). Under the terms of the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its community, including providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, and does not limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community in a manner consistent with the CRA.

The OCC regularly assesses the Bank on its record in meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low-income and moderate-income neighborhoods. The Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent CRA evaluation.

The CRA assessment also is considered when the Federal Reserve reviews applications by banking institutions to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and those records may be the basis for denying the application.

Financial Privacy Under the Requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the GLBA)

The Company and its subsidiaries are required periodically to disclose to their retail customers the Company’s policies and practices with respect to the sharing of nonpublic customer information with its affiliates and others, and the confidentiality and security of that information. Under the GLBA, retail customers also must be given the opportunity to “opt out” of information-sharing arrangements with nonaffiliates, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the GLBA.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders

Transactions between either the Bank and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank but which is not a subsidiary of the bank. The Company and its subsidiaries are affiliates of the Bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the Bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0 percent of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus, and imposes an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates in an amount equal to 20.0 percent of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as certain other transactions and requires that all transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those

 

25


Table of Contents

provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to an affiliate, the purchase of or investment in the securities issued by an affiliate, the purchase of assets from an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral security for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, or the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. Loans to an affiliate must be collateralized.

In addition, Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to executive officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Bank and its affiliates. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, executive officer or greater than 10.0 percent shareholder of the Bank or its affiliates and certain related interests may generally not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and related interests, 15.0 percent of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an additional 10.0 percent of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral having a value at least equal to the amount of the loan. Section 22(h) also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as those offered in comparable transactions to other persons, and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. There is an exception for loans that are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (1) is widely available to employees of the Bank or its affiliate and (2) does not give preference to any director, executive officer or principal shareholder or certain related interests over other employees of the Bank or its affiliate. Section 22(h) also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of all loans to all of the executive officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Bank or its affiliates and certain related interests may not exceed 100.0 percent of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

Identity Theft. Under Section 315 of the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (FACT Act), the Bank is required to develop and implement a written Identity Theft Prevention Program to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft “red flags” in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Under the FACT Act, the Bank is required to adopt “reasonable policies and procedures” to (i) identify relevant red flags for covered accounts and incorporate those red flags into the program: (ii) detect red flags that have been incorporated into the program; (iii) respond appropriately to any red flags that are detected to prevent and mitigate identity theft; and (iv) ensure the program is updated periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.

The Bank maintains a program to meet the requirements of Section 315 of the FACT Act and the Bank believes it is currently in compliance with these requirements.

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations; Other Regulations

The Bank and its affiliates are subject to a broad array of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern almost every aspect of its business relationships with consumers including but not limited to the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Secure and Fair Enforcement in Mortgage Licensing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members’ Civil Relief Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act, the Consumer Leasing Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, laws governing flood insurance, federal and state laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive business practices, foreclosure laws and various regulations that implement some or all of the foregoing. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. If the Bank fails to comply with these laws and regulations, it may be subject to various penalties.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB as a new independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System that is responsible for regulating consumer financial products and services under federal consumer financial laws.

 

26


Table of Contents

The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority with respect to these laws. The Company and the Bank are subject to CFBB’s regulation of consumer financial services and products. The CFPB has issued numerous regulations, and is expected to continue to do so in the next few years. For the Bank and its affiliates, the CFPB’s regulations are enforced by the federal banking regulators. The CFPB’s rulemaking, examination and enforcement authority is expected to significantly affect financial institutions involved in the provision of consumer financial products and services, including the Company and the Bank.

New restrictions on residential mortgages were also promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act. The provisions include (i) a requirement that lenders make a determination that at the time a residential mortgage loan is consummated the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan and related costs, (ii) a ban on loan originator compensation based on the interest rate or other terms of the loan (other than the amount of the principal), (iii) a ban on prepayment penalties for certain types of loans, (iv) bans on arbitration provisions in mortgage loans and (v) requirements for enhanced disclosures in connection with the making of a loan. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes a variety of requirements on entities that service mortgage loans.

The OCC must approve the Bank’s acquisition of other financial institutions and certain other acquisitions, and its establishment of branches. Generally, the Bank may branch de novo nationwide, but branching by acquisition may be restricted by applicable state law.

The Bank’s general limit on loans to one borrower is 15 percent of its capital and surplus, plus an additional 10 percent of its capital and surplus if the amount of loans greater than 15 percent of capital and surplus is fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Capital and surplus means Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus the amount of allowance for loan and lease losses not included in Tier 2 capital. The Bank has no loans in excess of its loans-to-one borrower limit.

OCC regulations impose various restrictions on the ability of a bank to make capital distributions, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, and certain other items. Generally, a bank may make capital distributions during any calendar year equal to up to 100 percent of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net income for the two preceding years without prior OCC approval. However, the OCC may restrict dividends by an institution deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision.

The Bank is a member of the FHLB, which makes loans or advances to members. All advances are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB, and all long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $14.4 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.

New Capital Requirements

Effective January 1, 2015 (with some changes transitioned into full effectiveness over two to four years), the Company and the Bank will be subject to new capital regulations adopted by the FRB and the OCC, which create a new required ratio for common equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital, increase the minimum leverage and Tier 1 capital ratios, change the risk-weightings of certain assets for purposes of the risk-based capital ratios, create an additional capital conservation buffer over the required capital ratios, and change what qualifies as capital for purposes of meeting the capital requirements.

Under the new capital regulations, the minimum capital ratios are: (1) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5 percent of risk-weighted assets; (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0 percent of risk-weighted assets; (3) a total capital ratio of 8.0 percent of risk-weighted assets; and (4) a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total adjusted assets) of 4.0 percent. CET1 generally consists of common stock; retained earnings; accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) unless we elect to exclude AOCI from regulatory capital, as discussed below; and certain minority interests; all subject to applicable regulatory adjustments and deductions.

 

27


Table of Contents

There are a number of changes in what constitutes regulatory capital, subject to transition periods. These changes include the phasing-out of certain instruments as qualifying capital. Mortgage servicing and deferred tax assets over designated percentages of CET1 will be deducted from capital. In addition, Tier 1 capital will include AOCI, which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities. Because of our asset size, we have the one-time option of deciding in the first quarter of 2015 whether to permanently opt-out of the inclusion of unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities in our capital calculations. We are considering whether to elect this option.

The new requirements also include changes in the risk-weighting of assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk exposure. These include a 150 percent risk weight (up from 100 percent ) for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans and for non-residential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise in nonaccrual status; a 20 percent (up from 0 percent) credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0 percent ); and a 250 percent risk weight (up from 100 percent) for mortgage servicing and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from capital.

In addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios, the Company and the Bank will have to maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional CET1 capital greater than 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses. The new capital conservation buffer requirement is to be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 when a buffer greater than 0.625 percent of risk-weighted assets will be required, which amount will increase each year until the buffer requirement is fully implemented on January 1, 2019.

The OCC’s prompt corrective action standards change when these new capital regulations become effective. Under the new standards, in order to be considered well-capitalized, the Bank must have a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5 percent (new), a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent (increased from 6 percent), a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10 percent (unchanged), and a leverage ratio of 5 percent (unchanged); and in order to be considered adequately capitalized, it must have the minimum capital ratios described above.

Although we continue to evaluate the impact that the new capital rules will have on the Company and the Bank, we anticipate that the Company and the Bank will remain well-capitalized under the new capital rules, and will meet the capital conservation buffer requirement.

Volcker Rule

The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations, effective April 15, 2014, with a conformance period for certain features lasting until July 21, 2015, to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act known as the Volcker Rule. Under the regulations, FDIC-insured depository institutions, their holding companies, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, banking entities), are generally prohibited, subject to certain exemptions, from proprietary trading of securities and other financial instruments and from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in a “covered fund.”

Trading in certain government obligations is not prohibited. These include, among others, obligations of or guaranteed by the United States or an agency or government-sponsored entity of the United States, obligations of a State of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, and municipal securities. Proprietary trading generally does not include transactions under repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and purchases and sales for the purpose of liquidity management if the liquidity management plan meets specified criteria; nor does it generally include transactions undertaken in a fiduciary capacity.

The term “covered fund” can include, in addition to many private equity and hedge funds and other entities, certain collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations, and other items, but it does not include wholly owned subsidiaries, certain joint ventures, or loan securitizations

 

28


Table of Contents

generally if the underlying assets are solely loans. The term “ownership interest” includes not only an equity interest or a partnership interest, but also an interest that has the right to participate in selection or removal of a general partner, managing member, director, trustee or investment manager or advisor; to receive a share of income, gains or profits of the fund; to receive underlying fund assets after all other interests have been redeemed; to receive all or a portion of excess spread; or to receive income on a pass-through basis or income determined by reference to the performance of fund assets. In addition, “ownership interest” includes an interest under which amounts payable can be reduced based on losses arising from underlying fund assets.

Activities eligible for exemptions include, among others, certain brokerage, underwriting and marketing activities, and risk-mitigating hedging activities with respect to specific risks and subject to specified conditions.

Future Legislation or Regulation

In light of recent conditions in the United States economy and the financial services industry, the Obama administration, Congress, the regulators and various states continue to focus attention on the financial services industry. Additional proposals that affect the industry have been and will likely continue to be introduced. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be enacted or adopted or, if they are, the effect they would have on our business, our operations or our financial condition.

 

29


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks. These risk factors should be considered by prospective and current investors in our securities when evaluating the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that event, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risk Relating to Our Business and Operating Environment

Our business strategy includes significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue an organic and acquisition growth strategy for our business. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we expect to engage in selected acquisitions of financial institutions, branch acquisitions and other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify appropriate opportunities, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful.

There are risks associated with our growth strategy. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches or other assets, as well as other expansion activities, involves various risks including the risks of incorrectly assessing the credit quality of acquired assets, encountering greater than expected costs of integrating acquired banks or branches, the risk of loss of customers and/or employees of the acquired institution or branch, executing cost savings measures, not achieving revenue enhancements and otherwise not realizing the transaction’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from ongoing business operations, may require investment in integration and in development and enhancement of additional operational and reporting processes and controls, and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

Our growth initiatives may also require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risks related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.

If we do not successfully execute our acquisition growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe we will have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

Our recent acquisitions of PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial may present certain risks to our business and operations.

We completed our acquisitions of PBOC and the Palisades on July 1, 2013 on September 11, 2013, respectively, and our wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank completed the acquisition of CS Financial on

 

30


Table of Contents

October 31, 2013. Difficulties in capitalizing on the opportunities presented by the PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial acquisitions may prevent us from fully achieving the expected benefits from the acquisitions, or may cause the achievement of such expected benefits to take longer than expected.

Further, the assimilation of PBOC’s customers and markets could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees, disruption of our businesses, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions. These matters could have an adverse effect on us for an undetermined period. We will likely be subject to similar risks and difficulties in connection with any future acquisitions.

Our financial condition and results of operations are dependent on the economy, particularly in the Bank’s market areas. The current economic conditions in the market areas we serve may continue to impact our earnings adversely and could increase the credit risk of our loan and lease portfolio.

Our primary market area is concentrated in the greater San Diego, Orange and Los Angeles counties. Adverse economic conditions in any of these, market areas can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and leases and adversely impact our financial condition and earnings. General economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment and money supply fluctuations, also may affect our profitability adversely. Weak economic conditions and ongoing strains in the financial and housing markets have resulted in higher levels of loan and lease delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures and a decline in the values of the collateral securing our loans and leases.

A further deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

   

Demand for our products and services may decline;

 

   

Loan and lease delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

   

Collateral for our loans and leases may further decline in value; and

 

   

The amount of our low-cost or non-interest-bearing deposits may decrease.

We cannot accurately predict the effect of the weakness in the national economy on our future operating results.

The national economy in general and the financial services sector in particular continue to face significant challenges. We cannot accurately predict the severity or duration of current economic weaknesses, which have adversely impacted the markets we serve. Any further deterioration in national or local economic conditions would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While it is impossible to predict how long these conditions may exist, the current economic weaknesses could present substantial risks for some time for the banking industry and for us.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan and lease portfolio.

Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan and lease carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

 

   

Cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

 

   

In the case of a collateralized loan or lease, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral;

 

   

The credit history of a particular borrower;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

Changes in economic and industry conditions; and

 

   

The duration of the loan or lease.

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable incurred losses in our loan and lease portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

An ongoing review of the quality, size and diversity of the loan and lease portfolio;

 

   

Evaluation of non-performing loans and leases;

 

   

Historical default and loss experience;

 

   

Historical recovery experience;

 

   

Existing economic conditions;

 

   

Risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans and leases; and

 

   

The amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans and leases.

If our loan and lease losses exceed our allowance for probable incurred loan and lease losses, our business, financial condition and profitability may suffer.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan and lease portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans and leases. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we review our loans and leases and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans and leases, identification of additional problem loans and leases and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Our allowance for loan and lease losses was 0.77 percent of gross loans and leases held for investment and 59.42 percent of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2013. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses or the recognition of further charge-offs, based on judgments different than that of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan and lease losses. Any increases in the provision for loan and lease losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property and declining property values.

At December 31, 2013, $1.39 billion, or 56.9 percent of our total gross loan and lease portfolio, was secured by one-to-four family mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. This type of lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. The decline in residential real estate values as a result of the downturn in the California housing markets has reduced the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans and increased the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers default on their loans. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios generally will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, the borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses, which will in turn adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our level of adjustable rate loans.

A substantial majority of our real estate secured loans held are adjustable-rate loans. Any rise in prevailing market interest rates may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgage loans, increasing the possibility of defaults that may adversely affect our profitability.

Our underwriting practices may not protect us against losses in our loan portfolio.

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices, including: analyzing a borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuing collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and verifying liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we have incurred losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may continue to experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and consumer behavior. In addition, our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our customers become less predictive of future behaviors. Finally, we may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. Our residential loan portfolio is largely jumbo loans that exceed the loan size limit of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and therefore have a more limited secondary market demand than that of conforming loans. At December 31, 2013, 71.9 percent of our commercial real estate loans and 98.1 percent of our residential mortgages were secured by collateral in Southern California. Deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in Southern California could result in significantly higher credit losses to our portfolio.

Our non-traditional, interest-only single-family residential loans expose us to increased lending risk.

Many of the residential mortgage loans we have originated for investment consisted of non-traditional single family residential mortgage loans that do not conform to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines as a result of characteristics of the borrower or property, the loan terms, loan size or exceptions from agency underwriting guidelines.

In the case of interest-only loans, a borrower’s monthly payment is subject to change when the loan converts to fully-amortizing status. Since the borrower’s monthly payment may increase by a substantial amount even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates, the borrower might not be able to afford the increased monthly payment. In addition, interest-only loans have a large, balloon payment at the end of the loan term, which the borrower may be unable to pay. Negative amortization involves a greater risk to us because credit risk exposure increases when the loan incurs negative amortization and the value of the home serving as collateral for the loan does not increase proportionally. Negative amortization is only permitted up to 110 percent of the original loan to value ratio during the first five years the loan is outstanding, with payments adjusting periodically as provided in the loan documents, potentially resulting in higher payments by the borrower. The adjustment of these loans to higher payment requirements can be a substantial factor in higher loan delinquency levels because the borrowers may not be able to make the higher payments. Also, real estate values may decline, and credit standards may tighten in concert with the higher payment requirement, making it difficult for borrowers to sell their homes or refinance their loans to pay off their mortgage obligations. For these reasons, interest-only loans and negative amortization loans are considered to have an increased risk of delinquency, default and foreclosure than conforming loans and may result in higher levels of realized losses.

Our income property loans, consisting of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, involve higher principal amounts than other loans and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers.

We originate commercial and multi-family real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by

 

33


Table of Contents

changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Commercial and multi-family real estate loans also expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial and multi-family real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment.

If we foreclose on a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, commercial and multi-family real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our commercial and multi-family real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. As of December 31, 2013, our commercial and multi-family real estate loans totaled $671.5 million, or 27.5 percent of our total gross loan portfolio.

Our portfolio of Green Loans subjects us to greater risks of loss.

We have a portfolio of Green Account home equity loans which generally have a fifteen year draw period with interest-only payment requirements, and a balloon payment requirement at the end of the draw period. The Green Loans include an associated “clearing account” that allows all types of deposit and withdrawal transactions to be performed by the borrower during the term. We ceased originating new Green Loans in 2011; however, existing Green Loan borrowers are entitled to continue to draw on their Green Loan, and at December 31, 2013, the balance of Green Loans in our portfolio totaled $153.0 million.

In 2011, we implemented an information reporting system which allowed us to capture more detailed information than was previously possible, including transaction level data concerning our Green Loans. Although such transaction level data would have enabled us to more closely monitor trends in the credit quality of our Green Loans, we do not possess the enhanced transaction level data relating to the Green Loans for periods prior to the implementation of those enhanced systems. Although we do not believe that the absence of such historical data itself represents a material impediment to our current mechanisms for monitoring the credit quality of the Green Loans, until we compile sufficient transaction level data going forward we are limited in our ability to use historical information to monitor trends in the portfolio that might assist us in anticipating credit problems. Green Loans expose us to greater credit risk than other residential mortgage loans because they are non- amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Although the loans require the borrower to make monthly interest payments, we are also subject to an increased risk of loss in connection with the Green Loans because payments due under the loans can be made by means of additional advances drawn by the borrower, up to the amount of the credit limit, thereby increasing our overall loss exposure due to negative amortization. The balloon payment due on maturity may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment. Our ability to take remedial actions in response to these additional risks of loss is limited by the terms and conditions of the Green Loans and our alternatives consist primarily of the ability to curtail additional borrowing when we determine that either the collateral value of the underlying real property or the credit worthiness of the borrower no longer supports the level of credit originally extended. Additionally, many of our Green Loans have larger balances than traditional residential mortgage loans, and accordingly, if the loans go into default either during the draw period or at maturity, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with traditional residential loans.

If our investments in other real estate owned are not properly valued or sufficiently reserved to cover actual losses, or if we are required to increase our valuation reserves, our earnings could be reduced.

We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed upon and the property is taken in as other real estate owned (OREO), and at certain other times during the asset’s holding period. Our net book value (NBV) in the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is

 

34


Table of Contents

compared to the updated market value (fair value) of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs. A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the asset’s NBV over its fair value. If our valuation process is incorrect, the fair value of our investments in OREO may not be sufficient to recover our NBV in such assets, resulting in the need for additional write-downs. Additional write-downs to our investments in OREO could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our bank regulators periodically review our OREO and may require us to recognize further write-downs. Any increase in our write-downs, as required by such regulator, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2013, we had no OREO.

Our portfolio of “re-performing” loans subjects us to a greater risk of loss.

We have a portfolio of re-performing residential mortgage loans which we purchased in several large pools at a discount to the outstanding principal balance on the loans. These re-performing loans were discounted because either (i) the borrower was delinquent at the time of the loan purchase or had previously been delinquent and had become current prior to our purchase of the loan, or (ii) because the loan had been modified from its original terms. We purchased the loans because we believe that we can successfully service the loans and have the borrowers consistently meet their obligations under the loan, which will increase the value of the loans. However, re-performing loans expose us to greater credit risk than other residential mortgage loans because they have a higher risk of delinquency, default and foreclosure than other residential mortgage loans and may result in higher levels of realized losses.

Repayment of our commercial and industrial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may not be sufficient to repay the loan in the event of default.

We make our commercial and industrial loans primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral securing commercial and industrial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers. As of December 31, 2013, our commercial and industrial loans totaled $287.8 million, or 11.8 percent of our total gross loan portfolio.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.

We rely heavily on third-party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. Any failure or interruption, or breaches in security, of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems and, therefore, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could lead existing customers to terminate their banking relationships with us and could make it more difficult for us to attract new banking customers.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties which we may acquire.

In recent years, due to the continued weakness of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the California economy, including higher levels of unemployment than the nationwide average and declines in real estate values, many borrowers have been unable to meet their loan repayment obligations and, as a result, we have had to initiate foreclosure proceedings with respect to and take title to an increased number of real properties that had collateralized their loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities

 

35


Table of Contents

and incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even though we did not engage in the activities that led to such contamination. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

The expansion of our single family residential mortgage loan originations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our loan originations business consists of providing purchase money loans to homebuyers and refinancing existing loans. The origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by independent third parties involved in the home buying process such as realtors and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such independent third parties will affect our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our loan originations business. Our retail branches and retail call center also originates refinances of existing mortgage loans, which is very sensitive to increases in interest rates, and may decrease significantly if interest rates rise.

Our wholesale originations business operates largely through third party mortgage brokers who are not contractually obligated to do business with us. Further, our competitors also have relationships with our brokers and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand our broker networks. Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining our existing relationships or expanding our broker networks.

We have made substantial investments to grow our residential mortgage lending business in recent quarters, including adding experienced mortgage loan officers and administrators and management, leasing additional space at our headquarters, opening additional loan production offices, and investing in technology. Our residential mortgage lending business may not generate sufficient revenues to enable us to recover our substantial investment in our residential mortgage lending business, or may not grow sufficiently to contribute to earnings in relation to our investment. Moreover, we may be unable to sell the mortgage loans we originate into the secondary mortgage market at a profit due to changes in interest rates or a reduction in the demand for mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market. Accordingly, our investment in and expansion of our residential mortgage lending business could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

An increase in interest rates, change in the programs offered by governmental sponsored entities (GSE) or our ability to qualify for such programs may reduce our mortgage revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

Our mortgage banking operations provide a significant portion of our non-interest income. We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family residential loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other investors on a servicing released basis. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in such programs, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, materially adversely affect our results of operations. Further, in a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expense associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in loan originations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Secondary mortgage market conditions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and earnings.

In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for single-family residential loans and mortgage-backed securities and increased investor yield requirements for those loans and securities. These conditions may fluctuate or even worsen in the future. Our business strategy is to originate conforming conventional and government residential mortgage loans and a portion of our nonconforming jumbo conventional residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market. Originating loans for sale enables us to earn revenue from fees and gains on loan sales, while reducing our credit risk on the loans as well as our liquidity requirements. We also can use the loan sale proceeds to generate new loans.

We rely on government sponsored entities- Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae - to purchase residential mortgage loans that meet their conforming loan requirements and on other capital markets investors to purchase a portion of our residential mortgage loans that do not meet those requirements – referred to as “nonconforming” loans. Investor demand for nonconforming loans can be volatile, reducing the demand or pricing for those loans. Reduced demand in the capital markets could cause us to retain more nonconforming loans. In addition, we cannot assure that GSEs will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans, including because of capital constraints, or change their criteria for conforming loans (e.g., maximum loan amount or borrower eligibility). Each of the GSEs is currently in conservatorship, with its primary regulator, the Federal Housing Agency acting as conservator. We cannot predict if, when or how the conservatorship will end, or any associated changes to the GSEs business structure and operations that could result. In addition, there are various proposals to reform the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing finance market. The extent and timing of any such regulatory reform regarding the housing finance market and the GSEs, including whether the GSEs will continue to exist in their current form, as well as any effect on the Company’s business and financial results, are uncertain.

As a result, significant changes in the secondary mortgage market or a prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may reduce our loan production volumes and could have a material adverse impact on our future earnings and financial condition.

Any breach of representations and warranties made by us to our residential mortgage loan purchasers or credit default on our loan sales may require us to repurchase residential mortgage loans we have sold.

We sell a majority of the residential mortgage loans we originate in the secondary market pursuant to agreements that generally require us to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty made by us to the loan purchaser. Any fraud or misrepresentation during the mortgage loan origination process, whether by us, the borrower, mortgage broker, or other party in the transaction, or, in some cases, upon any early payment default on such mortgage loans, may require us to repurchase such loans.

We believe that, as a result of the increased defaults and foreclosures during the past several years resulting in increased demands for repurchases and indemnifications in the secondary market, many purchasers of residential mortgage loans are particularly aware of the conditions under which originators must indemnify or repurchase loans and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. We believe that our exposure to repurchases under our representations and warranties includes the current unpaid balance of all loans we have sold, including loans originated and sold by Gateway prior to our acquisition. Gateway previously originated loans that had more flexible underwriting guidelines than our current guidelines, and we believe, a higher risk of loss. From 2004 through the time of our acquisition of Gateway in 2012, Gateway sold an aggregate of $8.0 billion of residential loans. To recognize the potential loan repurchase or indemnification losses from those loans, we have recorded a reserve of $5.4 million as of December 31, 2013. During 2013, we sold an aggregate of $1.86 billion of residential loans. A deterioration in the economy, an increase in interest rates or a decrease in home values could increase customer defaults on residential loans we sold and increase demands for repurchases and indemnification and increase our losses from loan repurchases and

 

37


Table of Contents

indemnifications. If we are required to indemnify or repurchase loans that we originate and sell that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims asserted against us in the future by one of our loan purchasers may result in liabilities or legal expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Other-than-temporary impairment charges in our investment securities portfolio could result in losses and adversely affect our continuing operations.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s investment securities portfolio consisted of 120 securities, 84 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities and agency residential mortgage-backed securities, as discussed below.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in a loss position had a fair value of $6.0 million with unrealized losses of $36 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities that are in a loss position had a fair value of $115.9 million with unrealized losses of approximately $1.8 million. These residential mortgage-backed securities were rated AA or above at purchase and are not within the scope of ASC 325. The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2013, the Company believes there is no other than temporary impairment (OTTI) and did not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery.

We closely monitor our investment securities for changes in credit risk. The valuation of our investment securities also is influenced by external market and other factors, including implementation of SEC and Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on fair value accounting. Accordingly, if market conditions deteriorate further and we determine our holdings of other investment securities are OTTI, our future earnings, shareholders’ equity, regulatory capital and continuing operations could be materially adversely affected.

Rising interest rates may hurt our profits.

To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest that we receive on loans and investments than we pay to our depositors and lenders in interest. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans, other mortgage-related investments and investment securities. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause net income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may hurt our income, because that may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. In a rapidly changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We face significant operational risks.

We operate many different financial service functions and rely on the ability of our employees, third-party vendors and systems to process a significant number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss from operations, including fraud by employees or outside persons, employees’ execution of incorrect or unauthorized transactions, data processing and technology errors or hacking and breaches of internal control systems.

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies

 

38


Table of Contents

and procedures in place to promote ethical conduct and protect our reputation. However, these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental oversight.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.

We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. At some point, we may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth, both organically and through acquisitions.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our key employees.

Our future prospects are and will remain highly dependent on our directors and executive officers. Our success will, to some extent, depend on the continued service of our directors and continued employment of the executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on our business. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management team, no assurance can be given that these individuals will continue to be employed by us. The loss of any of these individuals could negatively affect our ability to achieve our growth strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We currently hold a significant amount of bank-owned life insurance.

At December 31, 2013, we held $18.9 million of bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) on certain key and former employees and executives, with a cash surrender value of $18.9 million. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to us if needed for liquidity purposes. We continually monitor the financial strength of the various companies with whom we carry these policies. However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay benefits or return our cash surrender value. If we need to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, we would be subject to taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings.

 

39


Table of Contents

If our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco becomes impaired, our earnings and shareholders’ equity could decrease.

At December 31, 2013, we owned $14.4 million in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock. We are required to own this stock to be a member of and to obtain advances from our FHLB. This stock is not marketable and can only be redeemed by our FHLB. Our FHLB’s financial condition is linked, in part, to the eleven other members of the FHLB System and to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could materially lower their capital, which would cause our FHLB stock to be deemed impaired, resulting in a decrease in our earnings and assets.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security; we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and our operations and income may be affected adversely by changes in laws, rules and regulations governing our operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC. The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its fiscal and monetary policies determine in a large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return that can be earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. Federal Reserve Board policies can also materially affect the value of financial instruments that we hold, such as debt securities, certain mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans or satisfy their obligations to us. Changes in policies of the Federal Reserve Board are beyond our control and the impact of changes in those policies on our activities and results of operations can be difficult to predict.

The Company and the Bank are heavily regulated. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on a bank’s operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed.

The federal banking regulatory agencies recently adopted rules to implement a new global regulatory standard on bank capital adequacy referred to as Basel III, as well as to implement new capital requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act. The new rules increase minimum capital ratios, add a new minimum common equity ratio, add a new capital conservation buffer, and would change the risk-weightings of certain assets. The new rules become effective January 1, 2015, with some changes transitioned to full effectiveness over two to four years.

 

40


Table of Contents

Congress and federal agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or growth prospects. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things.

The Dodd-Frank Act and supporting regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for, among other things, new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions and their holding companies. These changes may result in additional restrictions on investments and other activities. Effective July 21, 2011, financial institutions have been allowed to pay interest on demand deposits, which has increased our interest expense.

Regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act significantly impact our operations, and we expect to continue to face increased regulation. These regulations may affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our revenue or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services industry, and adversely affect our business operations. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act enhanced the regulation of mortgage banking and gave authority to the new CFPB to adopt mortgage regulations. New mortgage rules could dramatically alter our residential mortgage business, from application, to underwriting, to closing, and servicing. In addition, many of the other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have extended implementation periods and require extensive additional rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by various regulatory agencies. We expect that the Dodd-Frank Act, including current and future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretations of those rules, will reduce our revenues, increase our expenses, require us to change certain of our business practices, increase the regulatory supervision of us, increase our capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on us, and otherwise adversely affect our business.

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.

We may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum FDIC deposit insurance reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet this ratio by the statutory deadline of December 31, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on institutions with assets less than $10.0 billion. The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset. In addition to the minimum reserve ratio, the FDIC must set a designated reserve ratio. The FDIC has set a designated reserve ratio of 2.0, which exceeds the minimum reserve ratio.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted final regulations, under which insurance premiums are based on an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital instead of its deposits. Although our FDIC insurance premiums were initially reduced by these regulations, it is possible that our future insurance premiums will increase.

We rely on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of our revenue.

Our primary source of revenue at the holding company level is earnings of available cash and securities and dividends from the Bank. The OCC regulates and, in some cases, must approve the amounts the Bank pays as dividends to us. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, then we may not be able to service our debt, including our Senior Notes, pay our other obligations or pay dividends on our preferred and common stock which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the value of your investment in our securities.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Company has a significant deferred tax asset and may or may not be fully realized.

The Company has a significant deferred tax asset (DTA) and cannot assure that it will be fully realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of none, net of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $17.3 million.

Our ability to utilize our DTAs to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if the Company experiences an “ownership change” under the Internal Revenue Code.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not recognize DTAs. The Company’s ability to utilize its DTAs to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if the Company experiences an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to herein as the Code. In general, an ownership change will occur if there is a cumulative change in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent or more shareholders” (as defined in the Code) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. If this were to occur, the Company would be subject to an annual limitation on its pre-ownership change DTAs equal to the value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change, provided that the annual limitation would be increased each year to the extent that there is an unused limitation in a prior year.

Changes in accounting standards may affect our performance.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time there are changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we report and record our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in a retrospective adjustment to prior financial statements.

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater name recognition, resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services or prices for services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our markets.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of Maryland and federal regulations could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of any class of our equity securities. These provisions include: a prohibition on voting shares of common stock beneficially owned in excess of 10 percent of total shares outstanding, supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations with any person who beneficially owns more than 10 percent of our outstanding common stock; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors, supermajority voting requirements to remove any of our directors and

 

42


Table of Contents

the other provisions of our charter. Our charter also authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, pursuant to federal banking regulations, as a general matter, no person or company, acting individually or in concert with others, may acquire more than 10 percent of our common stock without prior approval from the our federal banking regulator.

These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our debt obligations, including our obligations under the Senior Notes.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, will depend on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be unable to provide new loans, other products or to fund our obligations to existing customers and otherwise implement our business plans, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes. As a result, we may be unable to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of sufficient operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions of assets or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Our debt level may harm our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had $250.0 million of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank and $82.3 million in Senior Notes. We also had 82,250 shares of preferred stock outstanding, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, issued and outstanding. Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to you, because:

 

   

It could affect our ability to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the senior notes;

 

   

A portion of our cash flows from operations will have to be dedicated to interest and principal payments and may not be available for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, expansion, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

It may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

 

   

It may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

 

   

It may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business, our industry or the economy in general.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

43


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2013, the Company conducts its operations from its main and executive offices at 18500 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1100, Irvine, California, 15 branch offices in Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties, and 68 producing mortgage loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia and Washington. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased a certain improved real property office complex located at 1588 South Coast Drive, Costa Mesa, California (the Property) at a purchase price of approximately $40.0 million. The Property will be used for the Company’s main office in the future following the completion of certain renovation and construction projects.

See further discussion in Note 6—Premises and Equipment in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item  8 of this report.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such currently pending litigation.

On December 14, 2011, CMG Financial Services, Inc. (CMG) initiated a patent lawsuit against Pacific Trust Bank in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (styled CMG Financial Services, Inc. v. Pacific Trust Bank, F.S.B., et al., Case No. 2:11-cv-10344-PSG-MRW) (the Action) alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,627,509 (the 509 Patent) of limited number of financial products previously offered by Pacific Trust Bank. The 509 Patent relates to the origination and servicing of loans with characteristics similar to the Bank’s Green Loans. On December 16, 2013, the court stayed the Action in its entirety, and administratively closed the case, pending a decision by the Supreme Court in CLS Bank Int’l v. Alice Corp. The Company and its counsel believe the asserted claim is without merit and the resolution of the matter is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, though no assurance can be given in this regard.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

44


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s voting common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “BANC.” The Company’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock is not listed or traded on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, and there currently is no established trading market for such stock. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s voting common stock as of December 31, 2013 was 1,276. Certain shares are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. There was one holder of record of the Company’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as of December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2013 there were 20,959,286 shares and 19,561,469 shares of voting common stock issued and outstanding, respectively, and 584,674 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding. The following table presents quarterly market information for the Company’s voting common stock for the two years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The following table presents quarterly information for the Company’s voting common stock for the two years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

     Market Price Range         
     High      Low      Dividends  

Year ended December 31, 2013

  

Quarter ended December 31, 2013

   $ 14.57       $ 12.45       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

   $ 15.54       $ 13.24       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended June 30, 2013

   $ 13.86       $ 11.06       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

   $ 12.33       $ 10.26       $ 0.12   
        

 

 

 
         $ 0.48   
        

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

  

Quarter ended December 31, 2012

   $ 12.58       $ 11.03       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

   $ 12.64       $ 11.12       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

   $ 12.47       $ 10.29       $ 0.12   

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

   $ 13.29       $ 11.06       $ 0.12   
        

 

 

 
         $ 0.48   
        

 

 

 

Dividend Policy

The timing and amount of cash dividends paid to the Company’s preferred and common shareholders depends on the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors. The ability of Banc of California, Inc. to pay cash dividends to its preferred and common shareholders depends, in large part, upon its receipt of dividends from the Bank, because Banc of California, Inc. has limited sources of income other than dividends from the Bank. There were no dividends paid from the Bank to Banc of California, Inc. during 2013. For a description of the regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Banc of California, Inc., and on the ability of Banc of California, Inc. to pay dividends to its shareholders, see “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision.”

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 82,250 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding, consisting of 32,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share (Series A Preferred Stock), 10,000 shares of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation amount $1,000 per share (Series B Preferred Stock), and 40,250 shares of 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, liquidation amount $1,000 per share (Series C Preferred Stock

 

45


Table of Contents

and together with the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock). Each series of the Preferred Stock ranks equally (pari passu) with each other series of the Preferred Stock and senior to our common stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Banc of California, Inc.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table presents information for the three months ended December 31, 2013 with respect to repurchases by the Company of its common stock:

 

     Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer         

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
     Weighted
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
     Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
     Total Number
of Shares
That May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plan
 

10/1/13-10/31/13

     91,301       $ 14.01         83,132         1,046,152   

11/1/13-11/30/13

     81,752       $ 13.14         72,289         973,863   

12/1/13-12/31/13

     102,639       $ 13.11         75,905         897,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     275,692       $ 13.42         231,326      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

On September 5, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved changes to the Company’s previously announced share buyback program authorizing the Company to buy back, from time to time during the 12 months ending September 3, 2014, an aggregate amount representing up to 10 percent of the Company’s then currently outstanding common shares. The buyback program included a 10b5-1 plan that was adopted by the Company on September 3, 2013 pursuant to which up to a maximum of 300,000 shares could be repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2013, subject to certain price and volume restrictions. The 10b5-1 plan has now terminated as the 300,000 maximum share amount authorized for repurchase has now been exhausted.

The Company has a practice of buying back stock for tax purposes pertaining to employee benefit plans, and does not count these purchases toward the allotment of the shares. The Company has purchased 9,914 shares during the three months ended December 31, 2013 at an average price of $13.35 with a total cost of $132 thousand, including fees, related to tax liability sales for employee stock benefit plans.

 

46


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph and related discussion are being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting materials” or to be “filed” with the SEC (other than as provided in Item 201) nor shall this information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained therein, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into a filing.

The following graph shows a comparison of stockholder return on Banc of California, Inc.’s common stock with the cumulative total returns for: 1) the Nasdaq Composite® (U.S.) Index; 2) the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) 500 Financials Index; and 3) the SNL Bank $1B-$5B Index, which was compiled by SNL Financial LC of Charlottesville, Virginia. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 and reinvestment of dividends. The graph is historical only and may not be indicative of possible future performance.

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11      12/31/12      12/31/13  

Banc of California, Inc.

     100.00         57.77         147.25         117.63         146.63         166.34   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         145.36         171.74         170.38         200.63         281.22   

S&P 500 Financials

     100.00         117.22         131.44         109.01         140.43         190.46   

SNL Bank $1B-$5B Index

     100.00         71.68         81.25         74.10         91.37         132.87   

 

47


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial and other data of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included herein at Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein at Item 8.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2013 (5)     2012 (6)     2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

          

Total assets

   $ 3,628,023      $ 1,682,702      $ 999,041      $ 861,621      $ 893,921   

Cash and cash equivalents

     110,118        108,643        44,475        59,100        34,596   

Loans and leases receivable, net excluding loans held for sale

     2,427,306        1,234,023        775,609        678,175        748,303   

Loans held for sale

     716,733        113,158        —          —          —     

Real estate owned, net

     —          4,527        14,692        6,562        5,680   

Securities available-for-sale

     170,022        121,419        101,616        64,790        52,304   

Bank owned life insurance

     18,881        18,704        18,451        18,151        17,932   

Other investments (interest-bearing term deposit)

     1,846        5,027        —          —          —     

FHLB and other bank stock

     22,600        8,842        6,972        8,323        9,364   

Deposits

     2,918,644        1,306,342        786,334        646,308        658,432   

Total borrowings

     332,320        156,935        20,000        75,000        135,000   

Total equity

     324,869        188,757        184,495        136,009        97,485   

Selected Operations Data:

          

Total interest income

   $ 120,511      $ 55,031      $ 35,177      $ 40,944      $ 46,666   

Total interest expense

     23,282        8,479        6,037        10,788        17,976   

Net interest income

     97,229        46,552        29,140        30,156        28,690   

Provision for loan losses

     7,963        5,500        5,388        8,957        17,296   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     89,266        41,052        23,752        21,199        11,394   

Total non-interest income

     96,743        36,619        4,913        4,879        1,813   

Total non-interest expense

     178,670        71,560        31,689        22,217        15,901   

Income/(loss) before income taxes

     7,339        6,111        (3,024     3,861        (2,694

Income tax expense/(benefit)

     7,260        115        (296     1,036        (1,695

Net income/(loss)

     79        5,996        (2,728     2,825        (999

Dividends paid on preferred stock and discount accretion

     2,185        1,359        534        960        1,003   

Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders

     (2,106     4,637        (3,262     1,865        (2,002

Basic earnings/(loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31   $ 0.37      $ (0.48

Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31   $ 0.37      $ (0.48

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

          

Performance ratios:

          

Return on average assets

     0.00     0.45     -0.31     0.32     -0.10

Return on average equity

     0.03     3.17     -1.71     2.59     -0.61

Dividend payout ratio (ratio of dividends declared per common share to basic earnings per common share) (1)

     —          120.00     —          67.57     —     

Interest Rate Spread Information:

          

Average during year

     3.49     3.49     3.31     3.38     3.00

Net interest margin (2)

     3.67     3.69     3.48     3.58     3.32

Ratio of operating expense to average total assets

     6.44     5.33     3.54     2.50     1.63

Efficiency ratio (3)

     92.11     86.04     93.06     63.41     52.13

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     121.07     127.14     124.20     115.23     115.18

Credit Quality Ratios and Other Data:

          

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.87     1.64     3.40     5.27     5.80

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (4)

     59.42     62.84     66.38     37.70     28.33

Allowance for loan losses to gross loans (4)

     0.77     1.16     1.62     2.11     1.72

Nonperforming loans

   $ 31,648      $ 22,993      $ 19,254      $ 38,830      $ 46,172   

Nonperforming assets

   $ 31,648      $ 27,520      $ 33,946      $ 45,392      $ 51,852   

Capital Ratios:

          

Equity to total assets at end of year

     8.95     11.22     18.47     15.79     10.91

Average equity to average assets

     9.55     14.11     17.89     12.25     16.75

 

(1) Not applicable due to the net loss reported for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2011, and 2009
(2) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(4) The allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $18.8 million, $14.4 million, $12.8 million, $14.6 million and $13.1 million, respectively.
(5) The Company completed its acquisition of PBOC effective July 1, 2013.
(6) The Company completed its acquisitions of Beach and Gateway effective July 1, 2012 and August 18, 2012, respectively.

 

48


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Critical Accounting Policies

Securities

Under FASB Codification Topic 320 (ASC 320), Investments-Debt and Equity Securities, investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Management determines the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. The classification of securities is significant since it directly impacts the accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold the securities to maturity. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and do not affect earnings until realized unless a decline in fair value below amortized cost is considered to be other than temporarily impaired (OTTI).

The fair values of the Company’s securities are generally determined by reference to quoted prices from reliable independent sources utilizing observable inputs. Certain of the Company’s fair values of securities are determined using models whose significant value drivers or assumptions are unobservable and are significant to the fair value of the securities. These models are utilized when quoted prices are not available for certain securities or in markets where trading activity has slowed or ceased. When quoted prices are not available and are not provided by third party pricing services, management judgment is necessary to determine fair value. As such, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow analysis models, incorporating default rates, estimation of prepayment characteristics and implied volatilities.

The Company evaluates all securities on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic conditions warrant additional evaluations, for determining if other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) exists pursuant to guidelines established in ASC 320. In evaluating the possible impairment of securities, consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial conditions and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the ability and intent of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies or government sponsored agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition.

If management determines that an investment experienced an OTTI, management must then determine the amount of the OTTI to be recognized in earnings. If management does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period loss, the OTTI will be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the OTTI related to other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings will become the new amortized cost basis of the investment. If management intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss, the OTTI will be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Any recoveries related to the value of these securities are recorded as an unrealized gain (as other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity) and not recognized in income until the security is ultimately sold.

The Company from time to time may dispose of an impaired security in response to asset/liability management decisions, future market movements, business plan changes, or if the net proceeds can be reinvested at a rate of return that is expected to recover the loss within a reasonable period of time.

 

49


Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans and Leases

The Company purchases loans and leases with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as prior loan or lease modification history, updated borrower credit scores and updated loan or lease-to-value (LTV) ratios, some of which are not immediately available as of the purchase date. Purchased loans and leases with evidence of credit quality deterioration where the Company estimates that it will not receive all contractual payments are accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans and leases (PCI loans and leases). The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans and leases, measured as of the acquisition date, over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan or lease using a level yield methodology. The difference between contractually required payments as of the acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. PCI loans and leases that have similar risk characteristics, primarily credit risk, collateral type and interest rate risk, are pooled and accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

The Company estimates cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loan or lease using management’s best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and payment speeds. If, upon subsequent evaluation, the Company determines it is probable that the present value of the expected cash flows have decreased, the PCI loan or lease is considered further impaired which will result in a charge to the provision for loan and lease losses and a corresponding increase to a valuation allowance included in the allowance for loan and lease losses. If, upon subsequent evaluation, it is probable that there is an increase in the present value of the expected cash flows, the Company will reduce any remaining valuation allowance. If there is no remaining valuation allowance, the Company will recalculate the amount of accretable yield as the excess of the revised expected cash flows over the current carrying value resulting in a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. The present value of the expected cash flows for PCI purchased loan pools is determined using the PCI loans’ effective interest rate, adjusted for changes in the PCI loans’ interest rate indexes. The present value of the expected cash flows for PCI loans and leases acquired through mergers with other banks includes, in addition to the above, an evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower. Loan and lease dispositions, which may include sales of loans and leases, receipt of payments in full from the borrower or foreclosure, result in removal of the loan or lease from the PCI loan or lease pool. Write-downs are not recorded on the PCI loan or lease pool until actual losses exceed the remaining nonaccretable difference. To date, no write-downs have been recorded for the PCI loans and leases held by the Company, all of which were purchased by the Company during 2012 and 2013.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, peer group information, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed.

The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses and related provision expense are particularly susceptible to change in the near term, as a result of changes in the credit quality, which are evidenced by charge-offs and nonperforming loan trends. Changes in economic conditions, the mix and size of the loan portfolio and individual borrower conditions can dramatically impact the level of allowance for loan losses in relatively short periods of time. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents the best estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions or other factors. In addition, banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination

 

50


Table of Contents

process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. These regulatory agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Management evaluates current information and events regarding a borrower’s ability to repay its obligations and considers a loan to be impaired when the ultimate collectability of amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, is in doubt. If an impaired loan is collateral-dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Cash receipts for accruing loans are applied to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Cash receipts for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are applied first to principal and then to interest income, if there is no doubt that the principal balance is fully collectible.

Other Real Estate Owned

Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. Management estimates the fair value of the properties based on current appraisal information. Fair value estimates are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the economic environment, market conditions, and real estate market. A worsening or protracted economic decline would increase the likelihood of a decline in property values and could create the need to write down the properties through current operations.

Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations and Reserve for Loss Reimbursements on Sold Loans

In the ordinary course of business, as loans held for sale are sold, the Bank makes standard industry representations and warranties about the loans. The Bank may have to subsequently repurchase certain loans or reimburse certain investor losses due to defects that occurred in the origination of the loans. Such defects include documentation or underwriting errors. In addition, certain investor contracts require the Bank to repurchase loans from previous whole loan sales transactions that experience early payment defaults. If there are no such defects or early payment defaults, the Bank has no commitment to repurchase loans that it has sold. The level of reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans is an estimate that requires considerable management judgment. The Bank’s reserve is based upon the expected future repurchase trends for loans already sold in whole loan sale transactions and the expected valuation of such loans when repurchased, and include first and second trust deed loans. At the point the loans are repurchased, the associated reserves are transferred to the allowance for loan and lease losses. At the point when loss reimbursements are made directly to the investor, the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans is charged for the losses incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but are periodically evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values.

In accordance with ASU 2011-08 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. In other words, before the first step of the existing guidance, the entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that the fair value of goodwill is less than carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes adverse events or circumstances identified that could negatively affect the reporting units’ fair value as well as positive and mitigating events. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant change in legal factors or in the general business climate; significant change in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization; unanticipated competition; and an action or assessment by a regulator. If, after assessing the totality of events or

 

51


Table of Contents

circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step process is unnecessary. The entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment step for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of the exiting two-step process. The entity can resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.

The first step of the goodwill impairment test is performed, when considered necessary, by comparing the reporting unit’s aggregate fair value to its carrying value. Absent other indicators of impairment, if the aggregate fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit were to exceed the aggregate fair value, a second step would be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure any impairment loss the implied fair value would be determined in the same manner as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference. No goodwill impairment charges were required for the year ended December 31, 2013. For year ended December 31, 2013, the Company’s qualitative assessment concluded that a two-step impairment test of goodwill was not necessary. Even though there was no goodwill impairment at December 31, 2013, adverse events may impact the recoverability of goodwill and could result in a future impairment charge which could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our consolidated statements of financial condition.

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles and trade name intangibles arising from whole bank and their subsidiaries acquisitions, and are generally amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives of 2-7 years and 1-20 years, respectively.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Accounting guidance requires that companies assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against their deferred tax assets based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard.

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the forecasts of future income and tax planning strategies.

The Company had a full valuation allowance of $17.3 million against net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, the Company had a valuation allowance of $8.4 million, resulting a net deferred tax assets of $7.6 million.

Executive Management Overview

This overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information in the financial results of the Company and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is the bank holding company of the Bank. The Company derives substantially all of its revenues from the retail, commercial, and mortgage banking services provided by the Bank.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Company’s assets consist primarily of loans and investment securities, which are funded by deposits, borrowings and capital. The primary source of revenue is net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments, and interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds, less the amount of provision for loan and lease losses. The Company also generates non-interest income by providing fee based banking services and by the origination and sale of conventional conforming and FHA/VA residential mortgage loans to the secondary market. The Company’s basic strategy is to maintain and grow net interest income and non-interest income by the retention of its existing customer base and the expansion of its core businesses and branch offices within its current market and plans to expand its banking offices further into Southern California and its loan production offices throughout the western United States. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk and credit risk.

The Company announced July 16, 2013 that its corporate name was changed from First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. to Banc of California, Inc. The new name is intended to reflect the Company’s goal to be the leading community banking organization serving businesses and families in California.

On July 1, 2013, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of The Private Bank of California (PBOC). The acquisition was accomplished by merging PBOC into Beach Business Bank (Beach), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Upon completion of the transaction, Beach was renamed “The Private Bank of California.” On October 11, 2013, the Company merged PBOC, a California-chartered bank, with the Company’s other banking subsidiary, Pacific Trust Bank, a federal savings bank, to form the Bank, which has a national bank charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to the “Bank” prior to October 11, 2013 mean Pacific Trust Bank and PBOC (Beach prior to July 1, 2013), collectively, and references to the “Bank” on or after October 11, 2013 refer to Banc of California, National Association.

In connection with the rebranding and renaming of the Company and the Bank, the Bank’s mortgage banking operations of Mission Hills Mortgage Bankers and PacTrust Home Mortgage were consolidated and rebranded under a single national brand, Banc Home Loans. As a mortgage banking operation of Banc of California, Banc Home Loans will be positioned to leverage all of the products and resources of the Bank as Banc Home Loans seeks to establish a national presence as a leading provider and innovator in the residential lending business.

The Bank is a community-oriented financial institution offering a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities the Bank serves. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California. On October 4, 2013, eight of the Bank’s banking offices were sold to AmericanWest Bank. The sale of these banking offices is a key part of the Bank’s ongoing effort to improve its overall efficiency and profitability and to reshape the Bank’s retail branch network to focus on servicing small – to mid – sized businesses and high net worth families throughout Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego Counties. As a result, the Bank now operates 15 banking offices in San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles Counties in California and 68 producing loan production offices in in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia and Washington.

The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one-to-four family residences, a variety of consumer loans, multi-family and commercial real estate and commercial business loans. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts for both individuals and businesses with varying rates and terms, which generally include savings accounts, money market deposits, certificate accounts and checking accounts. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide, and in the past has accepted brokered deposits. The Bank also provides SBA loans, as member of the SBA’s Preferred Lender Program. In addition, the acquisition of PBOC gave the Company the ability to offer specialized private banking services to high net worth individuals, family owned businesses, entrepreneurs, law firms, the entertainment business and others who require a very high level of personalized banking services and customized solutions.

 

53


Table of Contents

2013 Highlights

 

   

Completed the acquisitions of PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial.

 

   

Total interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $65.5 million, or 119.0 percent, to $120.5 million from $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

Net interest margin was 3.67 percent and 3.69 percent for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

   

Net interest income increased by $50.7 million, or 108.9 percent, to $97.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $46.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

Non-interest income increased by $60.1 million, or 164.2 percent, to $96.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company recognized a $67.9 million on net gain on mortgage banking activities and a $12.1 million gain on sale of branches for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

   

Non-interest expense increased by $107.1 million, or 149.7 percent, to $178.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $71.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase relates predominantly to the acquisitions the Company completed during 2013 along with growth during 2013 related to the mortgage banking strategy.

 

   

Total assets increased by $1.95 billion, or 115.6 percent, to $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.68 billion at December 31, 2012, due primarily to the acquisitions during 2013 and the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool purchases during 2013. Average assets increased to $2.77 billion in 2013 from $1.34 billion in 2012.

 

   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses, increased by $1.19 billion, or 96.7 percent, to $2.43 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.23 billion at December 31, 2012. Average gross loans and leases receivable increased to $2.22 billion in 2013 from $1.05 billion in 2012.

 

   

Total deposits increased by $1.61 billion, or 123.4 percent, to $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.31 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

   

Expanded the mortgage origination platform by opening new retail loan production offices and commencing a wholesale origination channel. Banc Home Loans originated $1.94 billion and sold $1.86 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

   

Purchased five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion of conforming residential mortgage loans and $849.9 million at the respective acquisition dates.

 

54


Table of Contents

Result of Operations

The following table presents condensed statements of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012      2011  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 120,511      $ 55,031       $ 35,177   

Interest expense

     23,282        8,479         6,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     97,229        46,552         29,140   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     7,963        5,500         5,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     89,266        41,052         23,752   

Noninterest income

     96,743        36,619         4,913   

Noninterest expense

     178,670        71,560         31,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     7,339        6,111         (3,024

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7,260        115         (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     79        5,996         (2,728

Preferred stock dividends

     2,185        1,359         534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ (2,106   $ 4,637       $ (3,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40       $ (0.31

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40       $ (0.31

Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40       $ (0.31

Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40       $ (0.31

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded net income of $79 thousand, a decrease of $5.9 million from net income of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and an increase of $2.8 million from a net loss of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net loss attributable to common shareholders was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $6.7 million from a net income available to shareholders of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and an increase of $1.2 million from a net loss attributable to shareholders of $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net income increased by $8.7 million to $6.0 million and net income available to common shareholders increased by $8.0 million to $4.6 million.

 

55


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

The following table presents the total amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates for the periods indicated. Also presented is the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin and the resultant net interest spread. No tax equivalent adjustments were made. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accruing loans and lease have been included in the table as loans and leases carrying a zero yield.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Cost  (5)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Cost  (5)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Cost  (5)
 
    ($ in thousands)  

INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

                 

Gross loans and
leases (1)

  $ 2,217,421      $ 116,673        5.26   $ 1,053,240      $ 51,942        4.93   $ 693,585      $ 30,997        4.47

Securities

    153,229        2,632        1.72     115,467        2,736        2.37     84,167        3,963        4.71

Other interest-earning assets (2)

    276,420        1,206        0.44     97,902        353        0.36     60,130        217        0.36
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    2,647,070        120,511        4.55     1,266,609        55,031        4.34     837,882        35,177        4.20
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

    (17,332         (11,968         (10,484    

BOLI and non-interest earning
assets (3)

    143,538            88,203            66,860       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 2,773,276          $ 1,342,844          $ 894,258       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

                 

Savings

  $ 756,625      $ 7,994        1.06   $ 261,667      $ 1,096        0.42   $ 215,971      $ 319        0.15

NOW

    339,731        2,041        0.60     29,802        99        0.33     10,246        81        0.79

Money market

    371,058        1,901        0.51     67,569        271        0.40     9,974        306        3.07

Certificates of deposit

    558,994        4,115        0.74     556,326        4,494        0.81     398,498        4,283        1.07

FHLB advances

    74,712        269        0.36     54,030        348        0.64     39,918        1,048        2.63

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities

    85,333        6,962        8.16     26,840        2,171        8.09     —          —          0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,186,453        23,282        1.06     996,234        8,479        0.85     674,607        6,037        0.89
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    287,325            141,573            54,580       

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

    34,680            15,626            5,112       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    2,508,458            1,153,433            734,299       

Total shareholders’ equity

    264,818            189,411            159,959       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 2,773,276          $ 1,342,844          $ 894,258       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/spread

    $ 97,229        3.49     $ 46,552        3.49     $ 29,140        3.31
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

        3.67         3.69         3.48
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

    121.07         127.14         124.20    

 

(1) Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees and costs, related direct costs and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans are included in the average balance. Loan fees of $1.7 million, $615 thousand, and $10 thousand, and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $20.3 million, $2.2 million, and none for the year ended 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, are included in interest income.
(2) Includes FHLB stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions
(3) Includes BOLI investment of $18.8 million, $18.6 million and $18.3 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively
(4) Net interest income divided by interest-earning assets
(5) Not on a tax equivalent basis

 

56


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume, which are changes in volume multiplied by the old rate, and (2) changes in rate, which are changes in rate multiplied by the old volume. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,
2013 compared to 2012
    For the Year Ended December 31,
2012 compared to 2011
 
     Total
Change
    Change
Due

To  Volume
     Change
Due

To Rate
    Total
Change
    Change
Due

To  Volume
     Change
Due

To Rate
 
     (In thousands)  

INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

              

Gross loans and leases

   $ 64,731      $ 61,036       $ 3,695      $ 20,945      $ 17,460       $ 3,485   

Securities

     (104     761         (865     (1,227     1,161         (2,388

Other interest-earning assets

     853        765         88        136        136         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     65,480        62,562         2,918        19,854        18,757         1,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

              

Savings

   $ 6,898      $ 3,822       $ 3,076      $ 777      $ 80       $ 697   

NOW

     1,942        1,802         140        18        86         (68

Money market

     1,630        1,535         95        (35     432         (467

Certificates of deposit

     (379     22         (401     211        1,437         (1,226

FHLB advances

     (79     106         (185     (700     281         (981

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities

     4,791        4,772         19        2,171        2,171         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     14,803        12,059         2,744        2,442        4,487         (2,045
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 50,677      $ 50,503       $ 174      $ 17,412      $ 14,270       $ 3,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income increased by $50.7 million and $17.4 million, or 108.9 percent and 59.8 percent, to $97.2 million and $46.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, comparing to the prior years.

Interest income increased by $65.5 million, or 119.0 percent, to $120.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due mainly to increases in average balances of all interest-earning assets, and increases in average yield of loans and other interest-bearing earning assets, partially offset by a decrease in average yield of securities. For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income increased by $19.9 million, or 56.4 percent, to $55.0 million, due mainly to increases of average balances in all interest-earning assets and an increase in average yield on loans, partially offset by a decrease in average yield of securities.

Interest income on loans and leases increased by $64.7 million, or 124.6 percent, to $116.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due mainly to an increase in average balance of $1.16 billion, or 110.5 percent, to $2.22 billion and an increase in average yield of 33 basis points (bps) to 5.26 percent. The increase in average balance was due mainly to acquired loans of $385.3 million from the PBOC acquisition and purchases of the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million at the respective acquisition dates. The increase in average yield was mainly due to the higher yields on the acquired loans from PBOC, which had a high concentration of commercial and industrial loans that generally had higher yields than mortgage loans, and on seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which discounts on these pools would generate additional interest income. Such discount accretion totaled $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income on loans and leases increased by $20.9 million, or 67.6 percent, to $51.9 million, due mainly to an increase in average balance of $359.7

 

57


Table of Contents

million, or 51.9 percent, to $1.05 billion and an increase in average yield of 46 bps to 4.93 percent. The increase in average balance was mainly due to acquired loans of $361.0 million from the Beach and Gateway acquisitions and purchases of the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $114.8 million and $66.7 million at the respective acquisition dates. The increase in average yield was mainly due to the higher yields on seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which discounts on these pools generate additional interest income. Such discount accretion totaled $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Interest income on securities decreased by $104 thousand, 3.8 percent, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due mainly to a decrease in average yield of 65 bps to 1.72 percent, partially offset by an increase in average balance of $37.8 million to $153.2 million. The decrease in average yield was mainly due to the current low interest-rate environment and the increase in average balance was mainly due to acquired securities of $219.3 million from the PBOC acquisition and purchases of $71.1 million, partially offset by sales, calls, paid offs, and pay-downs of $237.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income on securities decreased by $1.2 million, or 31.0 percent, to $2.7 million, due mainly to a decrease in average yield of 234 bps to 2.37 percent, partially offset by an increase in average balance of $31.3 million to $115.5 million. The decrease in average yield was due mainly to an overall decrease in market rates.

Interest expense increased by $14.8 million and $2.4 million, or 174.6 percent and 40.5 percent, to $23.3 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increases were due mainly to increases in average balances and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased by $10.1 million, or 169.3 percent, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due mainly to an increase in average balance of $1.11 billion, or 121.4 percent, to $2.03 billion and an increase in average cost of 14 bps to 0.79 percent. The increase in average balance was mainly due to acquired interest-bearing deposits of $325.8 million from the PBOC acquisition and $1.37 billion of deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors, partially offset by $464.3 million of deposits sold to AWB. The increase in average cost was due mainly to the higher interest rates on those deposits generated through strategic plans. For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased by $971 thousand, or 19.5 percent, to $6.0 million, due mainly to an increase in average balance of $280.7 million, 44.2 percent, to $915.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in average cost of 14 bps to 0.65 percent. The increase in average balance was due mainly to acquired deposits of $414.3 million from Beach and Gateway acquisitions and the decrease in average cost was due mainly to the overall decreases in short-term market interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Interest expense on FHLB advances decreased by $79 thousand and $700 thousand, or 22.7 percent and 66.8 percent, to $269 thousand and $348 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due mainly to the replacement of matured long-term advances with short-term advances.

Interest expense on long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities increased by $4.8 million, or 220.7 percent, to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due mainly to the full-year impact on average balances of two issuances of the Company’s Senior Notes, in April and December of 2012. The Company did not have any interest expense for the Senior Notes during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses to absorb probable expected losses presently inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing assessments of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, management considers the types of loans and leases and the amount of loans and leases in the loan portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. The Company currently takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and peer loss trends, loan and

 

58


Table of Contents

lease-level credit quality ratings, loan and lease specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, which include current economic conditions, loan and lease seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others.

The Company evaluates all impaired loans and leases individually, primarily through the evaluation of cash flows or collateral values. Management uses available information to recognize loan and lease losses, however, future loan and lease loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in the above mentioned factors. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan and lease losses and may require the Bank to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination. The allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2013 was maintained at a level that represented management’s best estimate of incurred losses in the loan and lease portfolio to the extent they were both probable and reasonably estimable as of the balance sheet date. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company acquired five pools of loans that were partially ASC 310-30 loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there was no provision for loan and lease losses or allowance for loan and lease losses related to these pools as these loans were acquired at 16.9 percent discount to the aggregated unpaid principal balances and there was no impairment on these pools. The Company may recognize provision for loan and lease losses in the future should there be further deterioration in these loans after the purchase date should the impairment exceed the non-accretable yield and purchased discount.

Provisions for loan and lease losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. In this regard, a majority of the Company’s loans and leases are to individuals and businesses in Southern California. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company provided $8.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, to its provision for loan and lease losses. The increase in 2013 related primarily to general reserve allocations on new loan and lease originations and impairments on seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools and PCI loans related to the Beach, Gateway and PBOC acquisitions. On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the PCI loans relating to the Beach, Gateway, and PBOC acquisitions and the loan pools for potential impairment. We had $707 thousand and no provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for PCI loans. The provision for losses on these loans is the result of changes in expected cash flows, both amount and timing, due to loan payments and the Company’s revised loss forecasts. The revisions of the loss forecasts were based on the results of management’s review of the credit quality of the outstanding loans/loan pools and the analysis of the loan performance data since the acquisition of these loans. The Company will continue updating cash flow projections on PCI loans on a quarterly basis. Due to the uncertainty in the future performance of the PCI loans, additional impairments may be recognized in the future.

 

59


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth the breakdown of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change in  
     2013      2012     2011      2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Customer service fees

   $ 1,942       $ 1,883      $ 1,473       $ 59      $ 410   

Loan servicing income

     2,049         92        —           1,957        92   

Income from bank owned life insurance

     177         253        300         (76     (47

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities available for sale

     331         (83     2,888         414        (2,971

Net gain on sale of loans

     8,700         1,106        —           7,594        1,106   

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     67,890         21,310        —           46,580        21,310   

Gain on sale of branches

     12,104         —          —           12,104        —     

Bargain purchase gain

     —           11,627        —           (11,627     11,627   

Other income

     3,550         431        252         3,119        179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 96,743       $ 36,619      $ 4,913       $ 60,124      $ 31,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income increased by $60.1 million and $31.7 million, or 164.2 percent and 645.3 percent, to $96.7 million and $36.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in noninterest income from 2012 to 2013 relates predominantly to increases in net gain on mortgage banking activities, net gain on sale of loans, and gain on sale of branches, partially offset by the absence in 2013 of a bargain purchase gain recognized in 2012 for the acquisition of Gateway. The increase in noninterest income from 2011 to 2012 relates predominantly to net gain on mortgage banking activities and a bargain purchase gain for the acquisition of Gateway.

Customer service fees increased by $59 thousand and $410 thousand, or 3.1 percent and 27.8 percent, to $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, due mainly to a continuous increase in transaction deposits. The increase for 2013 was flattened despite the fact of the transaction deposit increase, due to the Company’s strategy of attracting high net worth deposits into core deposits and the sale of eight branches that adversely impacted number of overall transaction accounts in this deposit category, which is the primary source of service fees.

Loan servicing income was $2.0 million and $92 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due mainly to the expansion of the Company’s mortgage banking activities.

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities available for sale was $331 thousand, $(83) thousand and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2011, the Company was able to profitably reduce risk within its investment portfolio by adjusting the mix of the portfolio to reduce private label mortgage-backed securities and increase agency mortgage-backed securities. These sales took place during the time where interest rates were falling and prices were rising, resulting in a net gain. During 2012 and 2013, the Company continued its strategy of reducing risk of the securities portfolio by eliminating lower grade and undesirable bonds.

The net gain on the sale of loans of $8.7 million resulted from the sale of SBA and single family residential mortgage loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold $2.5 million of SBA loans and realized a gain of $120 thousand. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of seasoned SFR loan pools totaling $113.0 million realizing a gain of $3.4 million.

The Company reported $67.9 million in net gain on mortgage banking activities. The amount of net gain on mortgage banking activities is a function of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair value of these loans. Net gain on mortgage banking activities includes mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales contracts, initial capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) and loan origination fees.

 

60


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank originated $1.94 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sold $1.86 billion of loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $58.0 million and 3.0 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $10.9 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Gain on sale of branches of $12.1 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013. On October 4, 2013, the Bank completed a branch sale transaction to AmericanWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank (AWB). In the transaction, the Bank sold sell eight branches and related assets and deposit liabilities to AWB. The transaction was completed with a transfer of $464.3 million deposits to AWB in exchange for a deposit premium of 2.3 percent. Certain other assets related to the branches include the real estate for three of the branch locations and certain overdraft and other credit facilities related to the deposit accounts.

Bargain purchase gain of $11.6 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the Gateway acquisition.

Other income increased by $3.1 million and $179 thousand, or 723.7 percent and 71.0 percent, to $3.6 million and $431 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase from 2012 to 2013 was due mainly to additional broker fee income generated from non-bank subsidiaries that were acquired during 2013.

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the breakdown of non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change in  
     2013     2012     2011      2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits, excluding commissions

   $ 87,239      $ 36,446      $ 13,914       $ 50,793      $ 22,532   

Commissions for mortgage banking activities

     23,448        5,445        —           18,003        5,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total salaries and employee benefits

   $ 110,687      $ 41,891      $ 13,914       $ 68,796      $ 27,977   

Occupancy and equipment

     19,662        7,902        2,848         11,760        5,054   

Professional fees

     13,864        7,888        2,121         5,976        5,767   

Data processing

     4,710        3,011        1,345         1,699        1,666   

Advertising

     4,361        1,046        477         3,315        569   

Regulatory assessments

     2,535        1,519        1,513         1,016        6   

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense

     905        980        1,282         (75     (302

Operating loss on equity investment

     569        364        313         205        51   

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

     97        703        4,843         (606     (4,140

Net gain (loss) on sales of other real estate owned

     (464     (464     760         —          (1,224

Provision for loan repurchases

     2,383        256        —           2,127        256   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,651        696        —           1,955        696   

Impairment on intangible assets

     1,061        —          —           1,061        —     

All other expense

     15,649        5,768        2,273         9,881        3,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 178,670      $ 71,560      $ 31,689       $ 107,110      $ 39,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense increased by $107.1 million and $39.9 million, or 149.7 percent and 125.8 percent, to $178.7 million and $71.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the acquisitions of the Company’s bank and non-bank subsidiaries along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.

 

61


Table of Contents

Total salaries and employee benefits excluding commissions increased $50.8 million and $22.5 million, or 139.4 percent and 161.9 percent, to $87.2 million and $36.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees resulting from to the acquisitions of Beach, Gateway, PBOC, TPG and CS Financial and expansion in mortgage banking activities, primarily at Banc Home Loans. Commission expense, which is a variable expense, primarily related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $23.4 million and $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.94 billion and $515.3 million, respectively.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $11.8 million and $5.1 million, or 148.8 percent and 177.5 percent, to $19.7 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with moving the Company headquarters to Irvine, a full year of branch costs associated with the 2012 acquisitions of Beach and Gateway, new branch locations associated with the PBOC acquisition, additional facilities costs associated with the TPG and CS acquisitions and new mortgage banking loan production offices. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the increase was due mainly to the acquisitions of Beach and Gateway and the initial expansion of mortgage banking loan production offices.

Professional fees increased by $6.0 million and $5.8 million, or 75.8 percent and 271.9 percent, to $13.9 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increases were due mainly to accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with the acquisitions and costs associated with core system integration for both years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the branch sale to AWB and costs associated with information technology infrastructure updates for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Advertising costs increased by $3.3 million and $569 thousand, or 316.9 percent and 119.3 percent, to $4.4 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increases were due mainly to the overall expansion of the Company’s business footprint for the both years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and print media costs associated with deposit campaign and the Company rebranding for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Data processing expenses increased by $1.7 million and $1.7 million, or 56.4 percent and 123.9 percent, to $4.7 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due mainly to a higher volume of transactions related to loan and deposit growth.

Regulatory assessments increased by $1.0 million, or 66.9 percent, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due mainly to year-over-year balance sheet growth.

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned decreased by $606 thousand and $4.1 million, or 86.2 percent and 85.5 percent, to $97 thousand and $703 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, due mainly to a continuous improvement on asset quality. The Company also recognized gains on sales of other real estate owned of $464 thousand for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, compared to a loss on sale of $760 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company had no other real estate owned as of December 31, 2013, compared to $4.5 million and $14.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Provision for loan repurchases increased by $2.1 million and $256 thousand, or 830.9 percent and from none, to $2.4 million and $256 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due mainly to increased volume of mortgage loan originations of the Bank.

Amortization of intangible assets increased by $2.0 million and $696 thousand, or 280.9 percent and from none, to $2.7 million and $696 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, due to

 

62


Table of Contents

the acquisitions in 2012 and 2013. The Company recognized impairment of intangible assets of $1.1 million by writing off all remaining trade name intangible assets of Beach, Gateway and PBOC of $976 thousand due to the merger of the Company’s two banking subsidiaries into a single bank and a portion of core deposit intangibles on savings deposits acquired from Gateway of $85 thousand due to the lower remaining balance than forecasted.

Other expenses increased by $9.9 million and $3.5 million, or 171.3 percent and 153.8 percent, to $15.6 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the increase was due mainly to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and a $679 thousand increase in off balance sheet provision expense.

Income Tax Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, income tax expense was $7.3 million and $115 thousand, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 98.9 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate increased due to increases in the valuation allowances and other permanent book tax differences.

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of none, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2012, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $7.6 million, net of an $8.4 million valuation allowance.

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 (formally FIN 48), which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (except for Gateway Bancorp’s pre-acquisition federal tax return which is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years). The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2009 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

Financial Condition

Total assets increased by $1.95 billion, or 115.6 percent, to $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $1.68 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase in total assets was due primarily to a $1.19 billion increase in net loans and leases receivable, a $603.6 million increase in loans held for sale, and a $48.6 million increase in investment securities. The increases were due mainly to the acquisition of PBOC, and organic loan growth and purchases of seasoned SFR loan pools.

 

63


Table of Contents

Securities Available For Sale

The primary goal of our investment securities portfolio is to provide a relatively stable source of income while maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity. Investment securities provide a source of liquidity by being pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements and for certain public funds deposits. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the corresponding changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, as a component of shareholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Total investment securities available-for-sale increased by $48.6 million, or 40.0 percent, to $170.0 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $121.4 million at December 31, 2012, due mainly to acquired securities of $219.3 million from the acquisition of PBOC and $71.1 million of purchases, partially offset by $127.0 million of sales, $98.3 million of principal payments and $12.6 million of calls and pay-offs. Investment securities had a net unrealized loss of $1.5 million at December 31, 2013, compared to a net unrealized gain of $736 thousand at December 31, 2012.

The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

          

Available-for-sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,794       $ —         $ (58   $ 1,736   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,928         —           (8     1,920   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,653         135         (36     14,752   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     153,134         299         (1,819     151,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 171,509       $ 434       $ (1,921   $ 170,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

          

Available-for-sale

          

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

   $ 2,706       $ 4       $ —        $ 2,710   

State and Municipal securities

     9,660         284         —          9,944   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     41,499         475         (128     41,846   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     66,818         335         (234     66,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 120,683       $ 1,098       $ (362   $ 121,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

          

Available-for-sale

          

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

   $ 4,000       $ 38       $ —        $ 4,038   

State and Municipal securities

     5,641         88         (16     5,713   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     78,029         27         (1,853     76,203   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     15,541         121         —          15,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 103,211       $ 274       $ (1,869   $ 101,616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

           

Available-for-sale

           

SBA loan pools securities

  $ 1,736      $ (58   $ —        $ —        $ 1,736      $ (58

U.S. government-sponsored entities

    1,920        (8     —          —          1,920        (8

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

    2,064        (11     3,913        (25     5,977        (36

Agency mortgage-backed securities

    114,104        (1,790     1,821        (29     115,925        (1,819
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $ 119,824      $ (1,867   $ 5,734      $ (54   $ 125,558      $ (1,921
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

Available-for-sale

           

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

  $ 2,194      $ (13   $ 10,061      $ (115   $ 12,255      $ (128

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities

    37,388        (234     —          —          37,388        (234
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $ 39,582      $ (247   $ 10,061      $ (115   $ 49,643      $ (362
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 120 securities, 84 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to a decrease in prepayment speeds due to an overall increase in interest rates of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $6.0 million with unrealized losses of $36 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $115.9 million with unrealized losses of $1.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The Company monitors to insure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2013, the Company believes there is no OTTI and it does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Of the Company’s $170.0 million securities portfolio, $169.8 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $247 thousand were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating as of December 31, 2013. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition and maturities of the securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

    As of December 31, 2013  
    One year or less     More than One
Year through
Five Years
    More than Five
Years through

Ten Years
    More than Ten
Years
    Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Available-for-sale

                     

SBA loan pools securities

  $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ 1,794        2.68   $ 1,794      $ 1,736        2.68

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

    —          —          —          —          1,928        2.35     —          —          1,928        1,920        2.35

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          1,811        4.03     800        3.66     12,042        2.72     14,653        14,752        2.93

Agency mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          6        1.33     25,459        1.76     127,669        2.21     153,134        151,614        2.13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $ —          —        $ 1,817        4.03   $ 28,187        1.86   $ 141,505        2.26   $ 171,509      $ 170,022        2.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale amounted to $716.7 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $113.2 million at December 31, 2012. The loans held for sale of $716.7 million was composed of $192.6 million at fair value and $524.1 million at lower of cost or fair value.

The loans at fair value represent conforming single family residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank that are expected to be sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. Certain of these loans are expected to be sold to the Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae on a servicing retained basis. The servicing of these loans is performed by a third party sub-servicer. These loans increased by $79.5 million to $192.6 million due to originations of $1.94 billion, partially offset by sales of $1.86 billion, principal payments of $2.2 million, and $2.8 million changes in fair value and other adjustments.

During 2013, the Company also strategically transferred certain loans from loans and leases receivable to loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and sold them in pools, unlike the loans individually originated to be sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. These loans totaled $524.1 million at December 31, 2013, due mainly to loans transferred from loans and leases held for investment of $181.4 million, net of $1.4 million of allowance for loan and leases transferred, and originations of $442.0 million, partially offset by sales of $106.6 million and other net amortizations. Starting with the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company began originating these certain loans directly into the held for sale status.

Loans and Leases Receivable

Loan and lease receivables, net of allowance for loan and lease receivable, increased by $1.19 billion, or 96.7 percent, to $2.43 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.23 billion at December 31, 2012. This increase was due primarily to the acquisition of PBOC and the purchases of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during the year.

 

66


Table of Contents

Compositions of Loans and Leases Receivable

The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousands)  

Commercial:

                   

Commercial and industrial

  $ 287,771        11.8   $ 80,387        6.4   $ 9,019        1.1   $ 6,743        1.0   $ 6,782        0.9

Real estate mortgage

    529,883        21.7     338,900        27.1     125,830        16.0     61,314        8.9     63,885        8.4

Multi-family

    141,580        5.8     115,082        9.2     87,196        11.1     32,911        4.8     34,100        4.5

SBA

    27,428        1.1     36,076        2.9     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

    24,933        1.0     6,623        0.5     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

    31,949        1.3     11,203        0.9     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

                   

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    1,286,541        52.6     638,667        51.3     548,522        69.5     570,892        82.3     635,634        83.4

Other HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    116,026        4.7     21,533        1.7     17,822        2.3     20,952        3.0     20,981        2.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans

    2,446,111        100.0     1,248,471        100.0     788,389        100.0     692,812        100.0     761,382        100.0

Allowance for loan losses

    (18,805       (14,448       (12,780       (14,637       (13,079  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Loans and leases receivable, net

  $ 2,427,306        $ 1,234,023        $ 775,609        $ 678,175        $ 748,303     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table presents the contractual maturity and repricing information with weighted average contractual yield of the loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

    One year or less     More than One
Year through Five
Years
    More than Five
Years through Ten
Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Commercial:

                   

Commercial and industrial

    246,979        3.72     23,952        4.80     16,840        3.60     —          —          287,771        3.80

Real estate mortgage

    166,914        4.67     213,407        4.86     137,915        4.71     11,647        5.13     529,883        4.76

Multi-family

    41,229        4.69     64,060        4.79     34,617        5.03     1,674        5.20     141,580        4.82

SBA

    25,385        5.42     185        8.65     1,453        6.06     405        5.93     27,428        5.48

Construction

    23,794        4.67     —          —          —          —          1,139        3.60     24,933        4.62

Lease financing

    2,035        7.86     27,650        8.08     2,264        —          —          —          31,949        7.50

Consumer:

                   

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    578,355        3.57     341,108        3.15     50,294        4.14     316,784        5.32     1,286,541        3.91

Other HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    113,875        3.68     224        4.91     1,432        4.33     495        13.94     116,026        3.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans

    1,198,566        3.87     670,586        4.12     244,815        4.52     332,144        5.32     2,446,111        4.20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Includes demand loans and leases, loans and leases having no stated maturity and overdraft loans

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table presents the interest rate profile of the loan and lease portfolio due after one year at December 31, 2013:

 

     Due After One Year  
     Fixed
Rate
     Floating
Rate
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 36,356       $ 119,744       $ 156,100   

Real estate mortgage

     294,262         195,663         489,925   

Multi-family

     69,461         62,752         132,213   

SBA

     2,041         25,294         27,335   

Construction

     1,139         9,898         11,037   

Lease financing

     29,914         —           29,914   

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     333,928         945,983         1,279,911   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     2,152         93,017         95,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans

   $ 769,253       $ 1,452,351       $ 2,221,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan and Lease Originations, Purchases and Repayments

The Company originates real estate secured loans primarily through its retail channel under its DBA Banc Home Loans and under the Bank’s name, and through its wholesale and correspondent channels through other mortgage brokers and banking relationships. Loans originated are either: eligible for sale to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, government insured FHA or VA, held by the Company, or sold to private investors.

The Company also originates consumer and real estate loans on a direct basis through our marketing efforts and our existing and walk-in customers. The Company originates both adjustable and fixed-rate loans, however, the ability to originate loans is dependent upon customer demand for loans in our market areas. Demand is affected by competition and the interest rate environment. During the last few years, the Company has significantly increased origination of ARM loans. The Company has also purchased ARM loans secured by one-to-four family residences and participations in construction and commercial real estate loans in the past. Loans and participations purchased must conform to the Company’s underwriting guidelines or guidelines acceptable to the management loan committee.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table presents loan and lease originations, purchases, sales, and repayment activities excluding the conforming residential mortgage loans originated for sale, for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Originations by type:

      

Adjustable rate:

      

Real Estate - one- to four- family

   $ 390,499      $ 183,343      $ 44,554   

Commercial real estate and multi-family

     120,631        72,142        12,826   

SBA

     1,474        5,216        —     

Construction

     6,226        16,961        —     

Consumer and other

     21,282        5,268        64,851   

Commercial and industrial

     81,048        32,329        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustable rate

     621,160        315,259        122,231   

Fixed rate:

      

Real Estate - one- to four- family

     3,464        2,382        —     

Commercial real estate and multi-family

     117,666        95,640        76,299   

SBA

     772        2,970        —     

Construction

     1,136        —          —     

Consumer and other

     307        150        97   

Commercial and industrial

     10,962        2,103        493   

Lease financing

     16,952        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed rate

     151,259        103,245        76,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     772,419        418,504        199,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases:

      

Real Estate - one- to four- family

     849,883        66,718        —     

Multi-family

     —          18,674        58,027   

Construction

     —          —          —     

Lease financing

     7,850        14,487        —     

Consumer and other

     —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans purchased

     857,733        99,879        58,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired in business combination

     385,256        288,285        —     

Transferred to loans held for sale

     (182,803    

Repayments:

      

Principal repayments

     (461,223     (276,399     (162,700

Sales

     (263,554     (70,438     —     

Increase (decrease) in other items, net

     89,812        (1,417     2,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease)

   $ 1,197,640      $ 458,414      $ 97,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisition

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million (excluding accrued interest paid and acquisition costs at settlement) at their respective acquisition dates and $814.0 million and $711.1 million at December 31, 2013. These loan pools generally consist of re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Company was able to acquire these loans at a significant discount to both current property value at acquisition and note balance. The Company determined that certain loans in these seasoned SFR mortgage loan acquisitions reflect credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The unpaid principal balances and fair values of these loans at the respective dates of acquisition were $473.9 million and $342.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $326.0 million and $261.3 million, respectively.

For each acquisition the Company was able to utilize its background in mortgage credit analysis to re-underwrite the borrower’s credit to arrive at what it believes to be an attractive risk adjusted return for a highly collateralized investment in performing mortgage loans. The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 61.1 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 83.1 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. At the time of acquisition, approximately 86.3 percent of the mortgage loans by current principal balance (excluding any forbearance amounts) had the original terms modified at some point since origination by a prior owner or servicer. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 4.39 percent, determined by current principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and excluding those with no credit score on file was 655. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion obtained by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $292 thousand. Approximately 89.6 percent of the borrowers by current principal balance had made at least 12 monthly payments in the 12 months preceding the trade date (or, in some cases calculated as making 11 monthly payments in the 11 months preceding the trade date), and 94.0 percent had made nine monthly payments in the nine months preceding the trade date. The mortgage loans are secured by residences located in all 50 states and Washington DC, with California being the largest state concentration representing 36.3 percent of the note balance, and with no other state concentration exceeding 10.0 percent based upon the current note balance.

During the course of 2012, the Company completed three seasoned SFR loan acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $114.8 million and $66.7 million at the respective acquisition dates. These loan pools generally consist of re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 70 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 60 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 4.13 percent, determined by current unpaid principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and excluding those with no credit score on file was 632. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion obtained by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $252 thousand. As of December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $88.0 million and $53.2 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, approximately 5.63 percent and 6.00 percent of unpaid principal balance of these loans were delinquent 60 or more days and 1.37 percent and 0.23 percent respectively were in bankruptcy or foreclosure. During the year ended December 31, 2013, delinquencies on seasoned SFR loan pools increased due to additional acquisitions as well as a transfer of servicing during the fourth quarter of 2013. A servicing transfer often causes a temporary increase in delinquencies due to confusion of some borrowers concerning where to send their payments and a disruption in the normal collection efforts of the loan servicer.

As part of the acquisition program, the Company may sell from time to time seasoned SFR mortgage loans that do not meet the Company’s investment standards. During 2013, the Company sold seasoned SFR mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of $176.6 million and a carrying value of $113.0 million.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of PCI loans and leases as of dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 5,838       $ 4,028       $ 11,350       $ 6,808   

Real estate mortgage

     17,682         15,014         22,698         21,837   

Multi-family

     —           —           1,208         845   

SBA

     4,940         3,688         7,967         5,608   

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     414,341         314,820         108,428         65,066   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     2,134         1,736         110         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 444,935       $ 339,286       $ 151,761       $ 100,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisition Due Diligence

The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. Prior to acquiring mortgage loans, the Company, its affiliates, sub-advisors or due diligence partners typically will review the loan portfolio and conduct certain due diligence on a loan by loan basis according to its proprietary diligence plan. This due diligence encompasses analyzing the title, subordinate liens and judgments as well as a comprehensive reconciliation of current property value. The Company, its affiliates, and its sub-advisors prepare a customized version of its diligence plan for each mortgage loan pool being reviewed that is designed to address certain identified pool specific risks. The diligence plan generally reviews several factors, including but not limited to, obtaining and reconciling property value, confirming chain of titles, reviewing assignments, confirming lien position, confirming regulatory compliance, updating borrower credit, certifying collateral, and reviewing servicing notes. In certain transactions, a portion of the diligence may be provided by the seller. In those instances, the Company reviews the mortgage loan portfolio to confirm the accuracy of the provided diligence information and supplements as appropriate.

As part of the confirmation of property values in the diligence process, the Company conducts independent due diligence on the individual properties and borrowers prior to the acquisition of the mortgage loans. In addition, market conditions, regional mortgage loan information and local trends in home values, coupled with market knowledge, are used by the Company in calculating the appropriate additional risk discount to compensate for potential property declines, foreclosures, defaults or other risks associated with the mortgage loan portfolio to be acquired. Typically, the Company may enter into one or more agreements with affiliates or third parties to perform certain of these due diligence tasks with respect to acquiring potential mortgage loans.

Non-Traditional Mortgage Portfolio

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage portfolio (NTM) is comprised of three interest only products: the Green Account Loans (Green Loans), the hybrid interest only adjustable rate mortgage (ARM) and a small number of negatively amortizing ARM loans. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the non-traditional mortgages totaled $309.6 million or 12.7 percent and $368.3 million or 29.5 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively, which is a decrease of $58.7 million or 15.9 percent.

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousands)  

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

    173      $ 147,705        47.7     212      $ 198,720        53.9     245      $ 219,502        58.9     253      $ 215,395        53.4     238      $ 208,945        44.1

Interest-only - first liens

    244        139,867        45.2     187        142,426        38.7     199        123,134        33.0     262        148,185        36.8     368        224,404        47.3

Negative amortization

    37        16,623        5.4     40        19,341        5.3     45        21,525        5.8     52        30,142        7.5     55        31,755        6.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - first liens

    454        304,195        98.3     439        360,487        97.9     489        364,161        97.7     567        393,722        97.7     661        465,104        98.1

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

    23        5,289        1.7     27        7,659        2.1     32      $ 8,703        2.3     35      $ 9,260        2.3     38      $ 8,661        1.8

Interest-only - second liens

    1        113        0.0     1        114        0.0     1        114        0.0     2        182        0.0     4        451        0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - second liens

    24        5,402        1.7     28        7,773        2.1     33        8,817        2.3     37        9,442        2.3     42        9,112        1.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

    478      $ 309,597        100.0     467      $ 368,260        100.0     522      $ 372,978        100.0     604      $ 403,164        100.0     703      $ 474,216        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loan portfolio

    $ 2,446,111          $ 1,248,471          $ 788,389          $ 692,812          $ 761,382     

% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio

      12.7         29.5         47.3         58.2         62.3  

The initial credit guidelines for the non-traditional mortgage portfolio were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) score, loan-to-value (LTV), property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Additionally from an ongoing credit risk management perspective, the Company has assessed that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs to be loan-to-value and FICO scores. On a semi-annual basis, the Company performs loan reviews of the NTM loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and HELOCs and ordering third party automated valuation models (AVM) to confirm collateral value.

LTV represents estimated current loan to value as current unpaid principal balance divided by estimated property value. The following table presents the one-to-four family residential NTM first lien portfolio by LTV as of the dates indicated:

 

    Green     Interest-Only     Negative Amortization     Total  
    Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                       

LTV’s

                       

< 61

    90      $ 78,807        53.3     80      $ 65,181        46.6     13      $ 4,930        29.7     183      $ 148,918        49.0

61-80

    38        33,604        22.8     51        28,999        20.7     13        7,643        45.9     102        70,246        23.1

81-100

    26        14,917        10.1     43        21,474        15.4     8        3,277        19.7     77        39,668        13.0

> 100

    19        20,377        13.8     70        24,213        17.3     3        773        4.7     92        45,363        14.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    173      $ 147,705        100.0     244      $ 139,867        100.0     37      $ 16,623        100.0     454      $ 304,195        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

                       

LTV’s

                       

< 61

    51      $ 59,679        30.0     59      $ 47,368        33.3     11      $ 2,450        12.7     121      $ 109,497        30.4

61-80

    63        52,107        26.2     72        58,972        41.3     4        1,228        6.3     139        112,307        31.1

81-100

    60        62,335        31.4     26        17,478        12.3     9        6,568        34.0     95        86,381        24.0

> 100

    38        24,599        12.4     30        18,608        13.1     16        9,095        47.0     84        52,302        14.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    212      $ 198,720        100.0     187      $ 142,426        100.0     40      $ 19,341        100.0     439      $ 360,487        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

The decrease in Green Loans was primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. During 2013, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s one-to-four family residential NTM first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California.

The following table presents the contractual maturity with number of loans of the NTM portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

    One year or less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
    Amount     Count     Amount     Count     Amount     Count     Amount     Count     Amount     Count  
    ($ in thousands)  

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens (1)

  $ —          —        $ —          —        $ 112,507        134      $ 35,198        39      $ 147,705        173   

Interest-only - first liens (2)

    6,004        3        15,281        13        2,364        6        116,218        222        139,867        244   

Negative amortization

    —          —          —          —          —          —          16,623        37        16,623        37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - first liens

    6,004        3        15,281        13        114,871        140        168,039        298        304,195        454   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens (1)

    —          —          —          —          5,288        21        1        2        5,289        23   

Interest-only - first liens (2)

    —          —          —          —          113        1        —          —          113        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - second liens

    —          —          —          —          5,401        22        1        2        5,402        24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

  $ 6,004        3      $ 15,281        13      $ 120,272        162      $ 168,040        300      $ 309,597        478   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Green Loans typically have a 15 year balloon maturity
(2) Interest Only loans typically switch to an amortizing basis after 3, 5, or 7 years

Negative amortization loans of $16.0 million, or 96.2 percent, had begun amortizing and a loan of $627 thousand, or 3.8 percent of total negative amortization loans, was subject to negative amortization as of December 31, 2013.

Green Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. The Company initiated the Green Loan products in 2005 and proactively refined underwriting and credit management practices as well as credit guidelines in response to changing economic environments, competitive conditions and portfolio performance. The Company continues to manage credit risk, to the extent possible, throughout the borrower’s credit cycle. The Company discontinued the origination of Green Loan products in 2011.

At December 31, 2013, Green Loans totaled $153.0 million, a decrease of $53.4 million, or 25.9 percent, from $206.4 million at December 31,2012, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $5.7 million and $5.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios.

The Green Loans are similar to HELOC’s in that they are collateralized primarily by the equity in one-to-four family Mortgage loans. However, some Green Loans are subject to differences from HELOCs relating to certain characteristics including one-action laws. Similar to Green Loans, HELOC’s allow the borrower to draw down on the credit line based on an established loan amount for a period of time, typically 10 years, requiring an interest only payment with an option to pay principal at any time. A typical HELOC provides that at the end of the term the borrower can continue to make monthly principal and interest payments based loan balance until the maturity date. The Green Loan is an interest only loan with a maturity of 15 years at which time the loan comes due and payable with a balloon payment due at maturity. The unique payment structure also differs from a traditional HELOC in that payments are made through the direct linkage of a personal checking account to the

 

73


Table of Contents

loan through a nightly sweep of funds into the Green Loan Account. This reduces any outstanding balance on the loan by the total amount deposited into the checking account. As a result, every time a deposit is made, effectively a payment to the Green Loan is made. HELOCs typically do not cause the loan to be paid down by a borrowers depositing of funds into their checking account at the same bank.

Credit guidelines for Green Loans were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) scores, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Property types include single family residences and second trust deeds where the Company owned the first liens, owner occupied as well as non-owner occupied properties. The Company utilized its underwriting guidelines for first liens to underwrite the Green Loan secured by second trust deeds as if the combined loans were a single Green Loan. For all Green Loans, the loan income was underwritten using either full income documentation or alternative income documentation.

For single family properties the loan sizes ranged up to $7.0 million and up to $650 thousand for owner occupied and non-owner occupied, respectively. For two-to-four family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $1.1 million. As loan size increased, the maximum LTV decreased from 80 percent to 60 percent. Maximum LTVs were adjusted by 5-10 percent for specified property types such as condos. FICOs were based on the primary wage earners’ mid FICO score and the lower of two mid FICO scores for full and alternative documentation, respectively. 76 percent of the FICO scores exceeded 700 at the time of origination. Loans greater than $1 million were subject to a second appraisal or third party appraisal review at origination.

The table below presents the Company’s non-traditional one-to-four family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at December 31, 2013 by FICO scores that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013, comparing to the FICO scores that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2012:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     2013     2012     Changes  
     Count      Amount      Percent     Count      Amount      Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousands)  

FICO Score

                      

800+

     7       $ 1,382         0.9     7       $ 7,183         4.9     —        $ (5,801     -4.0

700-799

     94         74,876         50.8     98         75,556         51.2     (4     (680     -0.4

600-699

     44         42,739         28.9     44         37,718         25.5     —          5,021        3.4

<600

     14         11,965         8.1     14         12,122         8.2     —          (157     -0.1

No FICO

     14         16,743         11.3     10         15,126         10.2     4        1,617        1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     173       $ 147,705         100.0     173       $ 147,705         100.0     —        $ —          0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had updated the FICO scores on real estate one-to-four family residential mortgage Green Account loans. The 700-799 category was 50.8 percent and 51.2 percent for FICO scores at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payments in initial periods during which time the interest rate is fixed before converting to fully amortizing payments. Following the expiration of the fixed interest rate, the interest rate and payment begins to adjust on an annual basis, with fully amortizing payments that include principal and interest calculated over the remaining term of the loan. The loan can be secured by owner or non-owner occupied properties that include one-to-four family units and second homes. As of December 31, 2013, our interest only loans decreased by $2.6 million, or 1.8 percent, to $140.0 million from $142.5 million at December 31, 2012, primarily due to purchases of $57.0 million, acquired loans through PBOC acquisition of $22.5 million, and originations of $197.2 million, partially offset by sales of $115.8 million, payoffs and principal reductions of $43.2 million,

 

74


Table of Contents

loans transferred to held for sale of $91.6 million, and reclassification of $28.5 million from NTM interest only to traditional loans due to the expiration of the initial interest only period and conversion to a fully amortizing basis.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $2.7 million, or 14.1 percent, to $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013 from $19.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1.2 million and none, respectively, of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Non-Traditional Mortgage Loan Credit Risk Management

The Company performs detailed reviews of collateral values on loans collateralized by residential real property including its non-traditional mortgage portfolio based on appraisals or estimates from third party automated valuation models (AVMs) to analyze property value trends on a semi-annual or on an as needed basis. AVMs are used to identify loans that have experienced potential collateral deterioration. Once a loan meets this criterion, the Company will obtain updated drive by or full appraisals in order to confirm the valuation. This information is used to update key monitoring metrics such as LTV. Additionally, FICO scores are obtained bi-annually in conjunction with the collateral analysis. In addition to LTV and FICO, the Company evaluates the portfolio on a specific loan basis through delinquency and portfolio charge-offs to determine whether any risk mitigation or portfolio management actions are warranted. The borrowers may be contacted as necessary to discuss material changes in loan performance or statistics.

The Company’s risk management policy and credit monitoring includes reviewing delinquency, FICO scores, and collateral values on the non-traditional mortgage loan portfolio. We also continuously monitor market conditions for our geographic lending areas. The Company has assessed that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages are LTV and FICO scores. The loan review provides an effective method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded that will increase the ALLL the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan reviews is published and regularly monitored.

On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be an increase in payment of 3.50 percent or greater and then monitor the loans for possible delinquency. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first red flag that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the non-traditional mortgage portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts monthly meetings to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and

 

75


Table of Contents

the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations. From the most recent bi-annual review completed in the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company did not free or reduce any additional commitments.

Consumer and non-traditional mortgage loans may entail greater risk than do traditional one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a consumer and non-traditional mortgage loan are more dependent on the borrower‘s continued financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. See “—Asset Quality—Non-performing Assets” in Item 7.

Asset Quality

Past Due Loans and leases

The following table presents a summary of loans and leases, excluding PCI loans, that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Past due 30 to 89 days

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 287       $ 255       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Real estate mortgage

     5,748         775         291         3,901         691   

Multi-family

     602         —           —           540         189   

SBA

     62         136         —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Lease financing

     363         118         —           —           —     

Consumer:

              

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     30,318         7,797         10,669         27,070         23,063   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     319         27         4         6         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,699       $ 9,108       $ 10,964       $ 31,517       $ 23,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The loans and leases, excluding PCI loans, that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due increased by $28.6 million to $37.7 million at December 31, 2013 from $9.1 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in real estate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans was due mainly to a $28.1 million delinquency increase from new purchases of seasoned SFR mortgage pools during 2013 and the transfer of servicing during the fourth quarter of 2013, partially offset by a delinquency decrease in other portfolio one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. A servicing transfer often causes a temporary increase in delinquencies due to confusion of borrowers concerning where to send their payments and a disruption in the normal collection efforts of the loan servicer. The increase in real estate mortgage loan delinquencies was due mainly to temporal delays on payments and all of these loans were brought back to current status in January 2014. All loans and leases, excluding PCI loans, over 90 days past due were non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of NTM loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Number of
Loans
     Amount      Number of
Loans
     Amount  
     ($ in thousands)  

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     1       $ 653         4       $ 3,918   

Interest-only - first liens

     6         1,723         1         631   

Negative amortization

     1         1,134         1         424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM - first liens

     8         3,510         6         4,973   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     —           —           —           —     

Interest-only - second liens

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM - second liens

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     8       $ 3,510         6       $ 4,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The NTM loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due decreased by $1.5 million to $3.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $5.0 million at December 31, 2012, due mainly to a decrease in Green Loans, partially offset by increases in interest-only first liens loans and negative amortization loans. The increase in interest-only first lien loans was due mainly to the new purchases of seasoned SFR mortgage pools.

The following table presents a summary of PCI loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Past due 30 to 89 days

              

Commercial:

              

Real estate mortgage

   $ —         $ 1,457       $ —         $ —         $ —     

SBA

     46         380         —           —           —     

Consumer:

              

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     30,468         2,090         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,514       $ 3,927       $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The PCI loans that were past due at least at least 30 days but less than 90 days past due increased $26.6 million to $30.5 million as December 31, 2013 from $3.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in real estate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans was due mainly to a $30.4 million delinquency increase from the seasoned SFR mortgage pool that were purchased during 2013 and the transfer of servicing during the fourth quarter of 2013. A servicing transfer often causes a temporary increase in delinquencies due to confusion of borrowers concerning where to send their payments and a disruption in the normal collection efforts of the loan servicer.

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist of (i) loans on non-accrual status which are loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued and include restructured loans when there has not been a history of past performance on debt service in accordance with the contractual terms of the restructured loans, (ii) loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, and (iii) other real estate owned, or OREO, which consists of real properties which have been acquired by foreclosure or similar means and which the Company holds for sale.

 

77


Table of Contents

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the full timely collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Generally, the accrual of interest is discontinued when principal or interest payments become more than 90 days past due, unless the Company believes the loan is adequately collateralized and the loan is in the process of collection. However, in certain instances, the Company may place a particular loan on non-accrual status earlier, depending upon the individual circumstances involved in the loan’s delinquency. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against current income. Subsequent collections of unpaid amounts on such a loan are applied to reduce principal when received, except when the ultimate collectability of principal is probable, in which case interest payments are credited to income. Non-accrual loans may be restored to accrual status if and when principal and interest become current and full repayment is expected. Interest income is recognized on the accrual basis for impaired loans not meeting the criteria for non-accrual treatment.

The following table presents a summary of non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 33      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Real estate mortgage

     3,868        2,906        1,887        9,715        7,247   

Multi-family

     1,972        5,442        3,090        8,502        10,519   

SBA

     10        141        —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

     —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     25,514        14,503        14,272        20,611        28,298   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     251        1        5        2        108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     31,648        22,993        19,254        38,830        46,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due over 90 days or more still on accrual

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

   $ —        $ 4,527      $ 14,692      $ 6,562      $ 5,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 31,648      $ 27,520      $ 33,946      $ 45,392      $ 51,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructured loans

   $ 6,117      $ 6,646      $ 5,417      $ 17,678      $ 3,974   

Non-performing loans to total loans

     1.29     1.84     2.44     5.60     6.06

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.87     1.64     3.40     5.27     5.80

With respect to loans that were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013, the gross interest income that would have been recorded during 2013 had such loans been current in accordance with their original terms and been outstanding throughout 2013 (or since origination, if held for part of 2013), was $789 thousand. The amount of interest income on such loans that was included in net income for 2013 was $341 thousand.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of non-accrual NTM loans as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Number of
Loans
     Amount      Number of
Loans
     Amount  
     ($ in thousands)  

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     4       $ 5,482         2       $ 5,564   

Interest-only - first liens

     5         752         4         5,797   

Negative amortization

     2         1,248         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM - first liens

     11         7,482         6         11,361   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     2         216         —           —     

Interest-only - second liens

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM - second liens

     2         216         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     13       $ 7,698         6       $ 11,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-accrual NTM loans decreased by $3.7 million to $7.7 million at December 31, 2013 from $11.4 million at December 31, 2012, due mainly to an overall decrease in the NTM portfolio.

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans and Leases (TDRs)

Loans that the Company modifies or restructures where the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and makes a concession to the borrower in the form of changes in the amortization terms, reductions in the interest rates, the acceptance of interest only payments and, in limited cases, concessions to the outstanding loan balances are classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). TDRs are loans modified for the purpose of alleviating temporary impairments to the borrower’s financial condition. A workout plan between a borrower and the Company is designed to provide a bridge for the cash flow shortfalls in the near term. If the borrower works through the near term issues, in most cases, the original contractual terms of the loan will be reinstated.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 26 loans and leases with an aggregate balance of $12.7 million classified as TDR. When a loan or lease becomes a TDR the Company ceases accruing interest, and classifies it as non-accrual until the borrower demonstrates that the loan or lease is again performing.

As of December 31, 2013, of the 26 loans and leases classified as TDRs, 25 loans and leases totaling $11.7 million are making payments according to their modified terms and are less than 90-days delinquent under the modified terms. Of the aforementioned $11.7 million in TDR loans and leases, $6.1 million are secured by single-family residential real estate, $3.1 million are secured by commercial real estate, and the remaining is comprised of unsecured consumer loans of $1.7 million, SBA loans of $714 thousand, and commercial and industrial loans of $85 thousand. One TDR loan with an aggregate balance of $958 thousand is over 90 days delinquent and is secured by SFR.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of TDRs as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     NTM
Loans
     Traditional
Loans
     PCI
Loans
     NTM
Loans
     Traditional
Loans
     PCI
Loans
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ —         $ 85       $ —         $ —         $ 1,236   

Real estate mortgage

     —           194         2,868         —           530         1,355   

Multi-family

     —           —           —           —           3,090         —     

SBA

     —           10         704         —           —           423   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     —           3,605         —           4,875         3,690         —     

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     3,468         —           —           3,482         

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           1,736         —           1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,468       $ 3,809       $ 5,393       $ 8,357       $ 7,311       $ 3,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Risk Ratings

Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and leases and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve or charge-off is not warranted.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allocation allowances for loan and lease losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the Board of Directors. General allocation allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allocation allowance for losses equal to 100 percent of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its specific allocation allowances is subject to review by the OCC, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allocation allowances.

In connection with the filing of the Bank’s periodic reports with the OCC and in accordance with policies for our classification of assets, we regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of management’s review of assets, at December 31, 2013, the Company had classified assets (including OREO) totaling $39.7 million, all of which were classified as substandard. The total amount classified represented 1.09 percent of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2013.

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s risk categories as of December 31, 2013:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Not-Rated      Gross Loans
and Leases
Receivables
 
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ 151,728       $ 2,321       $ 2,441       $ —         $ —         $ 156,490   

Green Loans (HELOC) - First Liens

     129,679         11,470         6,556         —           —           147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC) - Second Liens

     5,073         —           216         —           —           5,289   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     113         —           —           —           —           113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

   $ 286,593       $ 13,791       $ 9,213       $ —         $ —         $ 309,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 280,527       $ 1       $ 3,215       $ —         $ —         $ 283,743   

Real estate mortgage

     510,117         —           4,752         —           —           514,869   

Multi-family

     139,608         —           1,972         —           —           141,580   

SBA

     23,714         —           26         —           —           23,740   

Construction

     24,933         —           —           —           —           24,933   

Lease financing

     31,949         —           —           —           —           31,949   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     640,701         6,350         20,475         —           —           667,526   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     108,745         108         33         2         —           108,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

   $ 1,760,294       $ 6,459       $ 30,473       $ 2       $ —         $ 1,797,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ 969       $ 3,059       $ —         $ —         $ 4,028   

Real estate mortgage

     10,148         —           4,866         —           —           15,014   

Multi-family

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

SBA

     844         605         2,239         —           —           3,688   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Lease financing

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     —           —           287         —           314,533         314,820   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           1,736         —           —           1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

   $ 10,992       $ 1,574       $ 12,187       $ —         $ 314,533       $ 339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,057,879       $ 21,824       $ 51,873       $ 2       $ 314,533       $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s risk categories as of December 31, 2012:

 

      As of December 31, 2012  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Not-Rated      Gross Loans
and Leases
Receivables
 
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ 154,417       $ 655       $ 6,695       $ —         $ —         $ 161,767   

Green Loans (HELOC) - First Liens

     184,970         7,140         6,610         —           —           198,720   

Green Loans (HELOC) - Second Liens

     7,659         —           —           —           —           7,659   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     114         —           —           —           —           114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

   $ 347,160       $ 7,795       $ 13,305       $ —         $ —         $ 368,260   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 73,579       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 73,579   

Real estate mortgage

     310,976         1,618         4,469         —           —           317,063   

Multi-family

     109,059         —           5,178         —           —           114,237   

SBA

     30,296         18         154         —           —           30,468   

Construction

     6,623         —           —           —           —           6,623   

Lease financing

     11,203         —           —           —           —           11,203   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     204,541         3,427         5,146         —           —           213,114   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     13,298         193         213         —           —           13,704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

   $ 759,575       $ 5,256       $ 15,160       $ —         $ —         $ 779,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ 189       $ 6,619       $ —         $ —         $ 6,808   

Real estate mortgage

     15,108         1,080         5,649         —           —           21,837   

Multi-family

     845         —           —           —           —           845   

SBA

     1,148         1,085         3,375         —           —           5,608   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Lease financing

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     —           —           137         —           64,929         65,066   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           56         —           —           56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

   $ 17,101       $ 2,354       $ 15,836       $ —         $ 64,929       $ 100,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,123,836       $ 15,405       $ 44,301       $ —         $ 64,929       $ 1,248,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Leases Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. The ALLL is based on ongoing assessment of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the ALLL, management considers the types of loans and leases and the amount of loans and leases in the portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This methodology takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and peer loss trends, loan and lease-level credit quality ratings, loan and lease specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. The Company uses a three year loss experience of the Company and its peers in analyzing an appropriate reserve factor for all loans. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on ALLL, which include current economic conditions, loan and lease seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others. The Company evaluates all impaired loans and leases individually using guidance from ASC 310 primarily through the evaluation of cash flows or collateral values.

The Company acquired PBOC during 2013 and Beach and Gateway during 2012, and their loans and leases are treated under ASC 805, accounting for acquisitions. The acquired loans and leases include loans and leases that are accounted for under ASC 310-30, accounting for purchase credit impaired loans and leases. In addition, the Company acquired three pools of credit impaired re-performing seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank acquired five pools of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which were partially ASC 310-30 loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there was no provision for loan and lease losses or allowance for loan and lease losses related to these pools as these loans were acquired at an aggregate 16.9 percent discount to the aggregated unpaid principal balances and there were no impairment on these pools. The Company may recognize provision for loan and lease losses in the future should there be further deterioration in these loans after the purchase date should the impairment exceed the non-accretable yield and purchased discount. On a quarterly basis, the Company re-forecasts its expected cash flows for the PCI loans relating to the PBOC, Beach and Gateway acquisitions, and the eight loan pools acquired in 2012 and 2013 to be evaluated for potential impairment. The provision for loans and leases losses on PCI loans reflected a decrease in expected cash flows on PCI loans compared to those previously estimated. The impairment reserve for PCI loans at December 31, 2013 was $196 thousand.

The ALLL that was collectively evaluated for impairment on originated loans and leases at December 31, 2013 was $17.1 million, which represented 1.46 percent of total originated loans and leases, as compared to $13.2 million, or 1.48 percent, of total originated loans and leases at December 31, 2012. Including the non-credit impaired loans acquired through the Beach, Gateway, and PBOC acquisitions, ALLL that was collectively evaluated for impairment was $18.5 million as of December 31, 2013, which represents 1.13 percent of total of such loans and leases, as compared to $13.2 million, or 1.18 percent, or total of such loans and leases at December 31, 2012. The ALLL that was individually evaluated for impairment was $96 thousand at December 31, 2013 compared to $1.2 million at December 31, 2012. An unallocated ALLL of $450 thousand was held at December 31, 2013. The ALLL plus market discount for originated and acquired non-credit impaired loans and leases to the total amount of such loans and leases was 1.63 percent at December 31, 2013 versus 1.52 percent at December 31, 2012. The Company provided $8.0 million to its provision for loan and lease losses during the year ended December 31, 2013, related primarily to new commercial real estate mortgage, multifamily, and commercial and industrial loan production and impairment charges on PCI loans.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following tables presents information regarding activity in the ALLL for the periods indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Non-accrual loans

     31,648        22,993        19,254        38,830        46,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     31,648        22,993        19,254        38,830        46,172   

Other real estate owned

     —          4,527        14,692        6,562        5,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 31,648      $ 27,520      $ 33,946      $ 45,392      $ 51,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

          

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 14,448      $ 12,780      $ 14,637      $ 13,079      $ 18,286   

Charge-offs

     (3,013     (4,071     (7,512     (7,531     (22,505

Recoveries

     850        239        267        132        2   

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

     (1,443     —          —         

Provision for loan and lease losses

     7,963        5,500        5,388        8,957        17,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 18,805      $ 14,448      $ 12,780      $ 14,637      $ 13,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to total loans

     1.29     1.84     2.44     5.60     6.06

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.87     1.64     3.40     5.27     5.80

Non-performing assets to allowance for loan and lease losses

     168.30     159.14     265.62     310.12     396.45

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans

     59.42     62.84     66.38     37.70     28.33

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     0.77     1.16     1.62     2.11     1.72

Net loan charge-offs to total loans

     0.09     0.31     0.92     1.07     2.96

 

84


Table of Contents

The following table presents the ALLL allocation among loans and leases portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    ALLL
Amount
    % of loans
to total
loans
    ALLL
Amount
    % of loans
to total
loans
    ALLL
Amount
    % of loans
to total
loans
    ALLL
Amount
    % of loans
to total
loans
    ALLL
Amount
    % of loans
to

total loans
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Commercial:

                   

Commercial and industrial

  $ 1,822        11.8   $ 263        6.4   $ 128        1.1   $ 50        1.0   $ 17        0.9

Real estate mortgage

    5,484        21.7     3,178        27.1     2,234        16.0     1,399        8.9     1,790        8.4

Multi-family

    2,566        5.8     1,478        9.2     1,541        11.1     2,389        4.8     1,773        4.5

SBA

    235        1.1     118        2.9     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

    244        1.0     21        0.5     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer Lease financing

    428        1.3     261        0.9     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    7,044        52.6     8,855        51.3     8,635        69.5     10,191        82.3     8,288        83.4

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    532        4.7     274        1.7     242        2.3     608        3.0     711        2.8

Unallocated

    450          —            —            —            500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 18,805        100.0   $ 14,448        100.0   $ 12,780        100.0   $ 14,637        100.0   $ 13,079        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the ALLL allocation among loan and lease origination types as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  

Loan breakdown by evaluation type:

         

Originated loans

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 16,704      $ 28,859      $ 27,538      $ 49,915      $ 50,852   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,168,195        894,952        760,851        642,897        710,530   

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

    2,243        4,669        —          —          —     

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    469,916        219,771        —          —          —     

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

    449,767        —          —          —          —     

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    339,286        100,220        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 2,446,111      $ 1,248,471      $ 788,389      $ 692,812      $ 761,382   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and leases losses (ALLL) breakdown:

         

Originated loans

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 96      $ 1,187      $ 3,714      $ 4,363      $ 6,488   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    17,103        13,208        9,066        10,274        6,591   

 

85


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

    —          53        —          —          —     

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,410        —          —          —          —     

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

    —          —          —          —          —     

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    196        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ALLL

  $ 18,805      $ 14,448      $ 12,780      $ 14,637      $ 13,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discount on Purchased/Acquired Loans:

         

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

  $ 8,354      $ 3,019      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

    38,240        —          —          —          —     

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    105,650        51,572        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Discount

  $ 152,244      $ 54,591      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

         

To originated loans:

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

    0.57     4.11     13.49     8.74     12.76

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1.46     1.48     1.19     1.60     0.93

Total ALLL

    1.45     1.56     1.62     2.11     1.72

To originated and acquired non-impaired loans:

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

    0.51     3.70     13.49     8.74     12.76

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1.13     1.18     1.19     1.60     0.93

Total ALLL

    1.12     1.26     1.62     2.11     1.72

Total ALLL and discount (1)

    1.63     1.52     1.62     2.11     1.72

To total loans:

         

Individually evaluated for impairment

    0.51     3.70     13.49     8.74     12.76

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    0.89     1.18     1.19     1.60     0.93

Total ALLL

    0.77     1.16     1.62     2.11     1.72

Total ALLL and discount (1)

    6.99     5.53     1.62     2.11     1.72

 

(1) Total ALLL plus discount divided by carrying value

Servicing Rights

Total mortgage and SBA servicing rights were $13.9 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) amounted to $13.5 million and $1.7 million and the amortized cost of the SBA servicing rights was $348 thousand and $539 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company retains servicing rights from certain of its sales of SFR mortgage loans and SBA loans. A significant portion of SBA servicing rights were acquired as part of the Beach and Gateway acquisitions. The aggregate fair value of the servicing rights at the respective acquisition dates was $2.1 million. The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs and SBA servicing rights was $1.37 billion and $20.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and $211.4 million and $45.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The recorded amount of the MSR and SBA servicing rights as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the loans we are servicing was 1.00 percent and 1.74 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2013 as compared to 0.82 percent and 1.22 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

 

86


Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO) decreased $4.5 million to none at December 31, 2013. The decrease in OREO primarily relates to $6.8 million in OREO property sales partially offset by $229 thousand in new foreclosures and a $2.1 million reduction in the OREO valuation allowance.

Premises and equipment, net

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, increased $50.1 million to $66.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $16.1 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a building purchase of $40.0 million, premises and equipment acquired as part of the acquisition of PBOC, and improvements in computer and hardware equipment, partially offset by a sale of eight branches to AWB.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased a certain improved real property office complex located at 1588 South Coast Drive, Costa Mesa, California (the Property) at a purchase price of approximately $40.0 million. The Property will be used for the Company’s main office in the future following the completion of certain renovation and construction projects.

On October 4, 2013, the Company completed the branch sale transaction of eight branch locations with AmercianWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank. The transaction included net book values of $1.2 million of land and improvement, $1.2 million buildings, $402 thousand furniture, fixtures and equipment, and $348 thousand leasehold improvement as of the transaction date.

The Company recognized depreciation expense of $4.3 million, $1.7 million and $650 thousand for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets were $42.3 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in goodwill relates to the acquisitions of PBOC and CS Financial, and represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date, as discussed in Note 2—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—“Business Combination”. Other intangible assets relate to the acquisitions and are comprised of core deposit intangibles (CDI) of $15.4 million at December 31, 2013. The Company wrote off a portion of CDI on the savings deposits acquired through the Gateway acquisition due to the remaining deposit balances being lower than forecasted. The Company wrote off all remaining trade name intangible assets of Beach, Gateway and PBOC totaling $976 thousand due to the merger of the Company’s two banking subsidiaries into a single bank during the year ended December 31, 2013. CDI are being amortized over their useful lives ranging from 4 to 7 years. Total amortization of other intangible assets was $2.7 million and the Company recognized total impairment on intangible assets of $1.1 million from the respective acquisition dates through December 31, 2013

Deposits

Total deposits increased by $1.61 billion, or 123.4 percent, to $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.31 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase is mainly due to $561.7 million of deposits acquired through the PBOC acquisition and $1.37 billion deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors in the Company’s target markets while reducing the reliance on time deposits, which also resulted in a $174.6 million decrease in time deposits, partially offset by $464.3 million in deposits sold through the branch sale transaction with AWB.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had brokered deposits of $350.0 million, which represented 9.7 percent of total assets. The Bank has an asset/liability management policy that limits brokered deposit balances to no

 

87


Table of Contents

more than 45 percent of total assets, with an operating target of less than 20 percent of total assets. The following table presents the composition of deposits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,      Change  
     2013      2012      Amount     Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 429,158       $ 194,662       $ 234,496        120.5

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     539,098         15,111         523,987        3467.6

Money market accounts

     518,696         294,804         223,892        75.9

Savings accounts

     963,536         159,055         804,481        505.8

Time deposits under $100,000

     27,921         153,066         (125,145     -81.8

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     440,235         489,644         (49,409     -10.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,918,644       $ 1,306,342       $ 1,612,302        123.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Three Months
or Less
     Over Three
Months
Through
Six Months
     Over Six
Months
Through
Twelve
Months
     Over
One Year
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Time deposits under $100,000

   $ 7,280       $ 5,418       $ 7,952       $ 7,271       $ 27,921   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     77,683         42,374         133,266         186,912         440,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 84,963       $ 47,792       $ 141,218       $ 194,183       $ 468,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

FHLB advances were $250.0 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $75.0 million at December 31, 2012. The $175.0 million increase was used as a source of funding for the origination of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and medium-term financing and providing additional liquidity to subsidize the liquidity short-fall from sales of branches that included $464.3 million deposits. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage loans held-for-sale and the availability of lower cost funding. At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.73 percent. At December 31, 2013, $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent as of that date. At December 31, 2012, $63.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.28 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.47 percent and $12.0 million of Bank’s advances from the FHLB advances were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.28 percent. The contractual maturities by year of the Bank’s advances were as follows at year end:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and after      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Fixed rate

   $ 10,000       $ 15,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 25,000   

Variable rate

     225,000         —           —           —           —           225,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

   $ 235,000       $ 15,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 250,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances totaling $235.0 million matured in January 2014. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans of an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $740.1 million and $458.9 million, respectively, and the Bank’s investment of capital stock of the FHLB of San

 

88


Table of Contents

Francisco totaled $14.4 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holding of FHLB stocks, the Bank was eligible to borrow and additional $322.9 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $80.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The following table presents financial data of FHLB advances:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Weighted-average interest rate at end of year

     0.13     0.44     1.79

Average interest rate during the year

     0.36     0.64     2.63

Average balance

   $ 74,712      $ 54,030      $ 39,918   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end

   $ 250,000      $ 100,000      $ 70,000   

Balance at end of the year

   $ 250,000      $ 75,000      $ 20,000   

Long Term Debt

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Senior Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Base Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Supplemental Indenture, and together with the Base Indenture, the Indenture), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Senior Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Senior Notes quarterly in arrears.

The Senior Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice. The Senior Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

Reserve for Loss on Repurchased Loans

Reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans was $5.4 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This reserve relates to our single family mortgage business. We sell most of the residential mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the

 

89


Table of Contents

origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. We maintain a reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The representation and warranty reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demands for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans are recorded under non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase or decrease to provision for loss reimbursements on loans sold.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,485      $ —     

Acquired in business combinations

     314        3,254   

Provision for loan repurchases

     2,383        256   

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans

     (755     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 5,427      $ 3,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity increased by $136.1 million, or 72.1 percent to $324.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $188.8 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was due mainly to the issuance of common stock of $99.3 million, the issuance of preferred stock of $37.9 million, preferred stock assumed through business acquisition of $10.0 million, partially offset by cash dividends for common stock of $6.7 million and cash dividends for preferred stock of $2.2 million. For additional information, see Note 18 of the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

Liquidity

The Bank is required to have enough liquid assets in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. Historically, the Bank has maintained liquid assets above levels believed to be adequate to meet the requirements of normal operations, including potential deposit outflows. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.

The Bank’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, is a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Bank invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Bank also generates cash through borrowings. The Bank utilizes FHLB advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity,

 

90


Table of Contents

and to enhance its interest rate risk management. The Bank also has the ability to obtain brokered certificates of deposit. Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Any excess liquidity would be invested in federal funds or authorized investments such as mortgage-backed or U.S. Agency securities. On a longer-term basis, the Bank maintains a strategy of investing in various lending products. The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet their ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments, and to maintain its portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.

At December 31, 2013, there were $97.0 million of approved loan origination commitments, $272.1 million of unused lines of credit and $6.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. Certificates of deposit maturing in the next 12 months totaled $274.0 million and $235.0 million of FHLB advances had maturities of less than 12 months at December 31, 2013.

Based on the competitive deposit rates offered and on historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank, although no assurance can be given in this regard. At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained $110.1 million of cash and cash equivalents that was 3.0 percent to total assets. In addition, the Bank had the ability at December 31, 2013 to borrow an additional $322.9 million from the FHLB and $80.8 million from the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank intends to replace these advances with new borrowings from the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank or deposits, as and to the extent needed and depending on market conditions.

Commitments

The following tables presents information as of December 31, 2013 regarding the Company’s commitments and contractual obligations:

 

     Commitments and Contractual Obligations  
     Total
Amount
Committed
     Less Than
One Year
     More Than One
Year Through
Three Years
     More Than Three
Year Through
Five Years
     Over
Five Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 97,038       $ 44,493       $ 36,043       $ 5,554       $ 10,948   

Unused lines of credit

     272,072         144,940         34,580         52,249         40,303   

Standby letters of credit

     6,299         5,521         —           —           778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments

   $ 375,409       $ 194,954       $ 70,623       $ 57,803       $ 52,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FHLB advances

   $ 250,000       $ 235,000       $ 15,000       $ —         $ —     

Long-term debt

     124,741         6,356         12,713         12,713         92,959   

Operating and capital lease obligations

     38,320         9,650         16,262         8,567         3,841   

Maturing certificates of deposit

     468,156         273,973         140,771         53,219         193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 881,217       $ 524,979       $ 184,746       $ 74,499       $ 96,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

Federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. In order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies currently require depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require depository institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table presents the capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and for the Company, the Bank (then known as Pacific Trust Bank), and PBOC (then known as Beach Business Bank) as of December 31, 2012. Effective October 11, 2013, Pacific Trust Bank and PBOC were merged to form the Bank:

 

     Amount
Amount
     Ratio     Minimum Capital
Requirements
Amount
     Ratio     Minimum Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
     Ratio  
     ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 307,457         12.45   $ 197,503         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     281,786         11.41     98,752         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     281,786         8.02     140,463         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Banc of California, NA

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 360,634         14.65   $ 196,998         8.00   $ 246,247         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     334,963         13.60     98,499         4.00     147,748         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     334,963         9.58     139,874         4.00     174,842         5.00

December 31, 2012:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 184,439         15.50   $ 95,170         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     169,498         14.25     47,585         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     169,498         10.15     66,786         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Pacific Trust Bank

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 163,647         17.59   $ 74,410         8.00   $ 93,012         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     151,948         16.34     37,205         4.00     55,807         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     151,948         11.16     54,485         4.00     68,106         5.00

Beach Business Bank

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 36,886         15.09   $ 19,551         8.00   $ 24,439         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     35,983         14.72     9,776         4.00     14,664         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     35,983         11.96     12,036         4.00     15,045         5.00

Effective January 1, 2015 (with some changes transitioned into full effectiveness over two to four years), the Company and the Bank will be subject to new capital regulations adopted by the FRB and the OCC. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision-New Capital Rules.”

The Company’s management is currently evaluating the provisions of the new capital rules and their expected impact on the Company.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements set forth at Item 8 of this report.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Asset Liability Management

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

 

92


Table of Contents

How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we continually analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and/or prepayments, and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

In order to manage the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on our results of operations, we adopted asset and liability management policies to better align the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These policies are implemented by the asset and liability management committee. The asset and liability management committee is chaired by the treasurer and is comprised of members of our senior management. An asset and liability management policy establishes guidelines for the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs, while the asset liability management committee monitors adherence to these guidelines. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. The asset and liability management committee meets periodically to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate risk exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to our net present value of equity analysis. At each meeting, the asset and liability management committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The treasurer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors on a regular basis.

In order to manage our assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, we have focused our strategies on:

 

   

Originating and purchasing adjustable-rate mortgage loans,

 

   

Originating shorter-term consumer loans,

 

   

Acquiring short duration securities for the investment portfolio,

 

   

Managing our deposits to establish stable deposit relationships,

 

   

Using FHLB advances and/or certain derivatives such as swaps to align maturities and repricing terms, and

 

   

Attempting to limit the percentage of fixed-rate loans in our portfolio.

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, the asset and liability management committee may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position within the asset liability tolerance set by the Bank’s policies.

As part of its procedures, the asset and liability management committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table presents the projected change in the Bank’s net portfolio value at December 31, 2013 that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on independent analysis, but without giving effect to any steps that management might take to counteract that change.

 

      As of December 31, 2013  
     Economic Value of Equity     Net Interest Income  

Change in

Interest Rates in

Basis Points (bp)

   Amount      Amount
Change
    Percent
Change
    Amount      Amount
Change
    Percent
Change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

+100 bp

   $ 391,616         (22,165     -5.36   $ 105,886         616        0.58

0 bp

     413,781             105,270        

-100 bp

     430,955         17,174        4.15     101,903         (3,368     -3.20

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities

The table reflects certain assumptions relating to interest rates, loan prepayment rates, deposit decay rates, and the market values of certain assets under differing interest rate scenarios, among others.

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

 

94


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

     96   

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

     97   

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

     99   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     100   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

     101   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     102   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     104   

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     106   

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPOPRTING

The management of BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC. (the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992). Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992).

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

/s/    Steven A. Sugarman

 

/s/    Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.

Steven A. Sugarman

President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

96


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Banc of California, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years ended in the two-year period December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 17, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP        

KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

March 17, 2014

 

97


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

Irvine, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Banc of California, Inc., formerly known as First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., (“the Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/    Crowe Horwath LLP        

Crowe Horwath LLP

Costa Mesa, California

March 30, 2012

 

98


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

December 31, 2013 and 2012

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,937      $ 8,254   

Interest-bearing deposits

     105,181        100,389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     110,118        108,643   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     1,846        5,027   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     170,022        121,419   

Loans held for sale, carried at fair value

     192,613        113,158   

Loans held for sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value

     524,120        —     

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance of $18,805 at December 31, 2013 and $14,448 at December 31, 2012

     2,427,306        1,234,023   

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost

     22,600        8,842   

Servicing rights, net ($13,535 measured at fair value at December 31, 2013 and $1,739 at December 31, 2012)

     13,883        2,278   

Accrued interest receivable

     10,866        5,002   

Other real estate owned, net

     —          4,527   

Premises, equipment, and capital leases, net

     66,260        16,147   

Bank-owned life insurance

     18,881        18,704   

Deferred income tax, net

     —          7,572   

Goodwill

     30,143        7,048   

Affordable housing fund investment

     5,628        6,197   

Income tax receivable

     2,995        5,545   

Other intangible assets, net

     12,152        5,474   

Other assets

     18,590        13,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,628,023      $ 1,682,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 429,158      $ 194,662   

Interest-bearing deposits

     2,489,486        1,111,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,918,644        1,306,342   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     250,000        75,000   

Notes payable, net

     82,320        81,935   

Reserve for loss on repurchased loans

     5,427        3,485   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     46,763        27,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,303,154        1,493,945   

Commitments and contingent liabilities

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized:

    

Series A, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 32,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     31,934        31,934   

Series B, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     10,000        —     

Series C, 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 40,250 shares authorized, 40,250 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     37,943        —     

Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 196,863,844 shares authorized; 20,959,286 shares issued and 19,561,469 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013; 12,013,717 shares issued and 10,780,427 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012

     210        120   

Class B non-voting non-convertible Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 3,136,156 shares authorized; 584,674 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 1,112,188 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     6        11   

Additional paid-in capital

     256,306        154,563   

Retained earnings

     16,981        26,550   

Treasury stock, at cost (1,397,817 shares at December 31, 2013 and 1,233,290 shares at December 31, 2012)

     (27,911     (25,818

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

     (600     1,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     324,869        188,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 3,628,023      $ 1,682,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

99


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Interest and dividend income

      

Loans, including fees

   $ 116,673      $ 51,942      $ 30,997   

Securities

     2,632        2,736        3,963   

Dividends and other interest-earning assets

     1,206        353        217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     120,511        55,031        35,177   

Interest expense

      

Deposits

     16,051        5,960        4,989   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     269        348        1,048   

Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities

     6,962        2,171        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     23,282        8,479        6,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     97,229        46,552        29,140   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     7,963        5,500        5,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     89,266        41,052        23,752   

Noninterest income

      

Customer service fees

     1,942        1,883        1,473   

Loan servicing income

     2,049        92        —     

Income from bank owned life insurance

     177        253        300   

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities available for sale

     331        (83     2,888   

Net gain on sale of loans

     8,700        1,106        —     

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     67,890        21,310        —     

Gain on sale of branches

     12,104        —          —     

Bargain purchase gain

     —          11,627        —     

Other income

     3,550        431        252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     96,743        36,619        4,913   

Noninterest expense

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     110,687        41,891        13,914   

Occupancy and equipment

     19,662        7,902        2,848   

Professional fees

     13,864        7,888        2,121   

Data processing

     4,710        3,011        1,345   

Advertising

     4,361        1,046        477   

Regulatory assessments

     2,535        1,519        1,513   

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense

     905        980        1,282   

Operating loss on equity investment

     569        364        313   

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

     97        703        4,843   

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned

     (464     (464     760   

Provision for loan repurchases

     2,383        256        —     

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,651        696        —     

Impairment on intangible assets

     1,061        —          —     

All other expense

     15,649        5,768        2,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     178,670        71,560        31,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     7,339        6,111        (3,024

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7,260        115        (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     79        5,996        (2,728

Preferred stock dividends

     2,185        1,359        534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ (2,106   $ 4,637      $ (3,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31

Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31

Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ (0.31

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

100


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012      2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ 79      $ 5,996       $ (2,728

Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities:

       

Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period, net of tax (expense) benefit of none, none and $1,285, respectively

     (1,892     2,253         (1,838

Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss included in net income, net of tax (expense) benefit of none, none and $1,188, respectively

     (331     83         (1,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total change in unrealized loss (gain) on available-for-sale securities

     (2,223     2,336         (3,538

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge

       

Unrealized gain arising during the period, net of tax (expense) benefit of none, none and none, respectively

     226        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total change in unrealized gain on cash flow hedge

     226        —           —     

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (1,997     2,336         (3,538
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (1,918   $ 8,332       $ (6,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

101


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Unearned
ESOP
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Class A     Class B              

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 99      $ 10      $ 123,170      $ 35,773      $ (25,135   $ (507   $ 2,599      $ 136,009   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                     

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,728     —          —          —          (2,728

Other comprehensive income, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,538     (3,538

Forfeiture and retirement of common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          13        —          (13     —          —          —     

Stock option compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          816        —          —          —          —          816   

ESOP forfeitures used to reduce ESOP contribution

    —          —          —          —          —          7        —          —          —          —          7   

Stock awards earned

    —          —          —          —          —          412        —          —          —          —          412   

Issuance of stock awards

    —          —          —          —          —          (611     —          107        —          —          (504

Purchase of 5,224 shares of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (55     —          —          (55

ESOP shares earned

    —          —          —          —          —          98        —          —          507        —          605   

Tax loss of restricted share awards vesting

    —          —          —          —          —          (4     —          —          —          —          (4

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          18        1        27,028        —          —          —          —          27,047   

Dividends declared ($0.45 per common share)

    —          —          —          —          —          516        (4,888     —          —          —          (4,372

Repurchase of warrants—TARP

    —          —          —          —          —          (1,003     —          —          —          —          (1,003

Tax effect of ESOP

    —          —          —          —          —          256        —          —          —          —          256   

Tax effect of options redeemed

    —          —          —          —          —          147        —          —          —          —          147   

Reissuance of ESOP shares

    —          —          —          —          —          (59     —          59        —          —          —     

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (534     —          —          —          (534

Issuance of 32,000 shares of preferred stock, net of issuance cost of $66

    31,934        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          31,934   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    31,934        —          —          117        11        150,786        27,623        (25,037     —          (939     184,495   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                     

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5,996        —          —          —          5,996   

Other comprehensive income, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,336        2,336   

Forfeiture and retirement of shares of common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          187        —          (216     —          —          (29

Stock option compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          495        —          —          —          —          495   

Stock awards earned

    —          —          —          —          —          1,180        —          —          —          —          1,180   

Severance payment

    —          —          —          —          —          (129     —          —          —          —          (129

Purchase of 42,895 shares of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (565     —          —          (565

Dividends declared ($0.48 per common share)

    —          —          —          3        —          1,052        (5,710     —          —          —          (4,655

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,359     —          —          —          (1,359

Tax loss of restricted share awards vesting

    —          —          —          —          —          (17     —          —          —          —          (17

Warrants issued with Beach Business Bank purchase

    —          —          —          —          —          1,009        —          —          —          —          1,009   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 31,934      $ —        $ —        $ 120      $ 11      $ 154,563      $ 26,550      $ (25,818   $ —        $ 1,397      $ 188,757   

 

102


Table of Contents
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Unearned
ESOP
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Class A     Class B              

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 31,934      $ —        $ —        $ 120      $ 11      $ 154,563      $ 26,550      $ (25,818   $ —        $ 1,397      $ 188,757   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          79        —          —          —          79   

Other comprehensive income, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,997     (1,997

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          90        (5     99,261        —          —          —          —          99,346   

Issuance of preferred stock

    —          —          37,943        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          37,943   

Preferred stock assumed through business acquisition

    —          10,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          10,000   

Replacement stock option expense related to business acquisition

    —          —          —          —          —          9        —          —          —          —          9   

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          540        —          —          —          —          540   

Forfeiture and retirement of restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          311        —          (270     —          —          41   

Purchase of 377,517 shares of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,046     —          —          (5,046

Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (3,223     —          3,223        —          —          —     

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

    —          —          —          —          —          519        (727     —          —          —          (208

Stock option compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          582        —          —          —          —          582   

Restricted stock compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          2,311        —          —          —          —          2,311   

Conversion of stock appreciation rights to stock options

              1,433                1,433   

Dividends declared ($0.48 per common share)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,736     —          —          —          (6,736

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,185     —          —          —          (2,185
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 31,934      $ 10,000      $ 37,943      $ 210      $ 6      $ 256,306      $ 16,981      $ (27,911   $ —        $ (600   $ 324,869   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

103


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 79      $ 5,996      $ (2,728

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      

Provision for loan losses

     7,963        5,500        5,388   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          (11,627     —     

Provision for loan repurchases

     2,383        256        —     

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     (67,890     (21,310     —     

Gain on sale of loans

     (8,700     (1,106     —     

Net amortization (accretion) of securities

     1,742        1,430        (333

Depreciation on premises and equipment

     4,283        1,714        650   

Amortization of intangibles

     2,651        696        —     

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     385        135        —     

Employee stock ownership plan compensation expense

     —          —          605   

Stock option compensation expense

     582        495        816   

Stock award compensation expense

     2,311        1,188        412   

Replacement stock options expense related to business acquisition

     9        —          —     

Stock appreciation right expense

     1,072        —          —     

Bank owned life insurance income

     (177     (253     (300

Operating loss on equity investment

     569        364        313   

Impairment of intangible assets

     1,061        —          —     

Net (gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale

     (331     83        (2,888

(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned

     (464     (464     760   

Gain on sale of branches

     (12,104     —          —     

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     —          (412     —     

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     7,573        100        1,949   

Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned

     97        703        4,843   

Originations of loans held for sale from mortgage banking

     (1,942,622     (515,327     —     

Originations of other loans held for sale

     (441,969     —          —     

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale from mortgage banking

     1,916,746        495,796        —     

Proceeds from sales of other loans held for sale

     107,222        —          —     

Change in deferred loan (costs) fees

     (248     662        715   

Amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans

     (20,304     (2,218     (1,685

Change in accrued interest receivable

     (5,865     (322     (38

Change in other assets

     3,110        4,610        304   

Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     5,347        346        4,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities

     (435,489     (32,965     13,638   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

     127,298        11,940        62,823   

Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale

     12,606        52,287        5,000   

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale

     98,287        —          21,355   

Net cash acquired through acquisitions

     5,644        43,671        —     

Net cash used in branch sale

     (448,891     —          —     

Funding of equity investment

     —          (624     —     

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (71,129     (77,697     (128,975

Purchase of interest bearing deposits

     —          (353     —     

Loan originations and principal collections, net

     (385,272     (159,105     (75,307

Purchase of loans

     (857,733     (96,917     (58,027

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     25        702        1,351   

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and Other Bank Stocks

     (13,783     —          —     

Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment

     276,516        79,307        —     

Net change in time deposits in financial institutions

     3,181        —          —     

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     5,123        13,789        9,069   

Proceeds from sale of buildings and equipment

     —          1,324        —     

 

104


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Additions to premises and equipment

     (54,965     (6,151     (4,891

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (389     (54     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,303,482     (137,881     (167,602

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase in deposits

     1,514,930        105,692        140,026   

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (5,704,699     (20,000     (55,000

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     5,837,866        75,000        —     

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     67,792        —          26,542   

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     37,943        (7     31,935   

Net proceeds from issuance of long term debt

     —          81,800        —     

Payments for debt issuance costs

     —          (1,517     —     

Net proceeds from other borrowings

     —          642        —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     (5,005     (565     (55

Redemption/issuance of warrants

     —          —          (1,003

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     540        —          —     

Tax benefit (expense) from restricted stock vesting

     —          (17     (4

Tax effect of ESOP

     —          —          256   

Tax effect of options redeemed

     —          —          147   

ESOP forfeitures to reduce ESOP contribution

     —          —          7   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (2,185     (1,359     (534

Dividends paid on common stock

     (6,736     (4,655     (2,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,740,446        235,014        139,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     1,475        64,168        (14,625

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     108,643        44,475        59,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 110,118      $ 108,643      $ 44,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information

      

Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 23,277      $ 7,606      $ 6,045   

Income taxes paid

     —          —          950   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities

      

Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net

   $ —        $ 3,863      $ 22,802   

Transfer of loans receivable to loans held for, net of transfer of $1,443 from allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 181,360        —          —     

Equipment acquired under capital leases

     2,675        532        —     

Conversion of stock appreciation rights to stock options

     1,433        —          —     

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

105


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Banc of California, Inc. (the Company, we, us and our) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Banc of California, National Association (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC (the Palisades Group), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, except that the accounts of the Palisades Group were not included in amounts prior to September 10, 2013. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the Company include its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Nature of Operations: The principal business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank. The Bank operates under a national bank charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC), its primary regulator. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). PTB Property Holdings, LLC manages and disposes of other real estate owned properties and the Palisades Group, LLC provides financial advisory and asset management services.

The Bank is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through 15 banking offices as of December 31, 2013, serving San Diego, Los Angeles, and Orange counties, California and 68 producing loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia and Washington as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, single family residential (SFR) mortgage loans and Green loans (SFR mortgage lines of credit) accounted for approximately 46.6 percent and 6.3 percent, respectively, of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, with a high percentage of such loans concentrated in Southern California. The customer’s ability to repay their loans or leases is dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.

The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented below.

Segment Information and Disclosures. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles establish standards to report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and require reporting of selected information about operating segments in interim reports to shareholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. Through its branch network and lending offices, the Company provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies located primarily in Southern California. These services include demand, time and savings deposits; and commercial and industrial, real estate and consumer lending. While our chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of our various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, we consider all of our operations to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan and lease losses, reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans, servicing rights, other real estate owned, realization of deferred tax assets, goodwill, other intangible assets, mortgage banking derivatives, purchased credit impaired

 

106


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

loan discount accretion fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, fair value estimate of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities under 90 days, and daily federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds purchased, including overnight borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within 90 days and are carried at cost.

Securities: Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reported in other comprehensive income or loss.

Accreted discounts and amortized premiums are included in interest income using the level yield method, and realized gains or losses from sales of securities are calculated using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic conditions warrant such an evaluation. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets.

In determining OTTI under the ASC 320 model, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also considers whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and assesses whether the Company intends to sell, or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether OTTI exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC 325 that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC 325 model, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

When OTTI occurs in either model, the amount of the impairment recognized in earnings depends on the Company’s intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met,

 

107


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Investments in Affordable Housing Partnerships: The Company has invested in two limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate several apartment complexes designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income tenants throughout the State of California and other states. The Company’s ownership in each limited partnership varies from 8 percent to 19 percent. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the gross investments in these limited partnerships amounted to $5.6 million and $6.2 million, respectively, with original investment amount to be $9.5 million. The unfunded portion was $2.2 million at December 31, 2013. The two limited partnerships invested in by the Company are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Each of the partnerships must meet the regulatory minimum requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. If the partnerships cease to qualify during the compliance period, the credit may be denied for any period in which the project is not in compliance and a portion of the credit previously taken is subject to recapture with interest.

The approximate future federal and state tax credits to be generated over a multiple-year period are $5.6 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company had an unused tax credit carryforward of $386 thousand related to 2013 and 2012. Investment amortization amounted to $569 thousand and $305 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively.

Loans and Leases: Loans and leases (other than purchased credit-impaired loans and leases) that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff are stated at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts, net deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan and lease losses. The deferred net loan fees and costs are recognized in interest income as an adjustment to yield over the loan term using the effective interest method. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that full collection of principal or interest becomes uncertain, regardless of the length of past due status. Generally loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they are greater than 90 days past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans and leases is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when the borrower has demonstrated a satisfactory payment trend subject to management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Consumer loans, other than those secured by real estate, are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s lending activity is with customers located within San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange and Riverside Counties, California. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit

 

108


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

risk is significantly affected by economic conditions in those areas. Our loans are concentrated geographically in the Southern California market place.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to provide for probable incurred credit losses. The allowance is increased by provisions charged against income, while loan and lease losses are charged against the allowance when management deems a loan balance to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The Company performs an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance at least on a quarterly basis. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan and lease loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans and leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans and leases that are individually classified as impaired. A loan or lease is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The Company evaluates all impaired loans and leases individually under the guidance of ASC 310, Receivables, primarily through the evaluation of collateral values and cash flows. Loans and leases for which the terms have been modified and where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans and leases that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan or lease and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The impairment amount on a collateral dependent loan is charged-off to the allowance and the impairment amount on a loan that is not collateral dependent is set-up as a specific reserve. Troubled debt restructurings are also measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s or lease’s effective rate at inception or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s or lease’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan or lease, the loan or lease is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The general component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers loans and leases that are not impaired and is determined by portfolio segment and is based on actual loss history experienced by the Company. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans and leases; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans and leases; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; effects of changes in credit concentrations and other factors. For 2012 and 2013, the Company used a three year historical loss look back for

 

109


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

determining the level of its allowance for loan and lease losses. Prior to this, the Company used a one year historical look back. This change was made to better reflect the economic cycle. Management uses available information to recognize loan and lease losses, however, future loan and lease loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in the above mentioned factors. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan and lease losses and may require the Bank to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

At December 31, 2013, the following portfolio segments have been identified: commercial and industrial—secured; commercial and industrial—unsecured; commercial real estate—retail; commercial real estate—office; commercial real estate—industrial; commercial real estate—hospitality; commercial real estate—acquisition and development; commercial real estate—condo conversion; commercial real estate—other; construction; SBA; leases; single family residence—1st trust deed (amortizing, interest only now amortizing, interest only, negative amortization, and Green Loans); single family residence—2nd trust deeds; other consumer. The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers and lessees (also referred to as borrowers) to service their obligations such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans and leases delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans and leases such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. Classification of problem one-to-four family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans is performed on a quarterly basis.

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Commercial business loans are also considered to have a greater degree of credit risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans due to the fact commercial business loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). SBA business loans are similar to commercial business loans, but have additional credit enhancement provided by the U.S. Small Business Administration, for up to 85 percent of the loan amount for loans up to $150,000 and 75 percent of the loan amount for loans of more than $150,000. Commercial equipment leases are also similar to commercial business loans in that the leases are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial equipment leases may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions). Consumer and other real estate loans may entail greater risk than do one-to-four family residential mortgage loans given that collection of these loans is dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Green Loans are also considered to carry a higher degree of credit risk due to their unique cash flows. Credit risk on this asset class is also managed through the completion of regular re-appraisals of the underlying collateral and monitoring of the borrower’s usage of this account to determine if the borrower is making monthly payments from external sources or “drawdowns” on their line. In cases where the

 

110


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

property values have declined to levels less than the original loan-to-value, or other levels deemed prudent by the Company, the Company may curtail the line and/or require monthly payments or principal reductions to bring the loan in balance.

Impaired Assets: Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans, leases, and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required to charge off such amount. The Bank’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by its primary regulator, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR): a loan is identified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and for economic or legal reasons related to these difficulties, the Company grants a concession to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. The Company has granted a concession when, as a result of the restructuring to a troubled borrower, it does not expect to collect all amounts due, including principal and/or interest accrued at the original terms of the loan. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including a below-market change in the stated interest rate, a reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date, or a note split with principal forgiveness. A restructuring executed at an interest rate that is at market interest rates based on the current credit characteristics of the borrower is not a TDR.

The Bank includes in its classification of “Substandard Assets” loans and leases that are performing under terms of a TDR, but where the borrower has yet to make twelve or more payments under the TDR, and where the loan or lease remains impaired, as well as loans where the borrower is current in his or her payments on the subject loan but may be a guarantor on another loan that is classified as a result of weakness in the credit or collateral. TDR loans and leases that have continued to make payments for twelve months or more, but where the collateral remains impaired, retain a “Substandard” classification. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had $1.4 million of loans and leases classified as “substandard” and TDR with less than twelve months of payment performance, and $5.2 million of TDR loans and leases classified as “substandard” with payment performance for more than twelve months.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans and Leases: The Company purchases loans and leases with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as prior loan or lease modification history, updated borrower credit scores and updated loan or lease-to-value (LTV) ratios, some of which may not be immediately available as of the purchase date. Purchased loans and leases with evidence of credit quality deterioration where the Company estimates that it will not receive all contractual payments are accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans and leases (PCI loans and leases). The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans and leases, measured as of the acquisition date, over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan or lease using a level yield methodology. The

 

111


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

difference between contractually required payments as of the acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the non-accretable difference. PCI loans and leases that have similar risk characteristics, primarily credit risk, collateral type and interest rate risk, are pooled and accounted for as a single unit with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Loans and leases that were acquired during 2012 in connection with the Beach and Gateway acquisitions and during 2013 in connection with the PBOC acquisition that were considered credit impaired were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and the related allowance for loan and lease losses was not carried over to the Company’s allowance. Any losses on such loans and leases are charged against the non-accretable difference established in purchase accounting and are not reported as charge-offs until such non-accretable difference is fully utilized.

The Company estimates cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loan or lease using management’s best estimate which is derived using current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and payment speeds. If, upon subsequent evaluation, the Company determines it is probable that the present value of the expected cash flows have decreased due to a deterioration of credit, the PCI loan or lease is considered further impaired which will result in a charge to the provision for loan and lease losses and a corresponding increase to a valuation allowance included in the allowance for loan and lease losses. If, upon subsequent evaluation, it is probable that there is an increase in the present value of the expected cash flows, the Company will reduce any remaining valuation allowance. If there is no remaining valuation allowance, the Company will recalculate the amount of accretable yield as the excess of the revised expected cash flows over the current carrying value resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable difference to accretable yield. The present value of the expected cash flows for PCI purchased loan pools is determined using the PCI loans’ effective interest rate, adjusted for changes in the PCI loans’ interest rate indexes. Adjustments in interest rate assumptions for variable rate loans do not impact the Company’s assessment of credit impairment. The present value of the expected cash flows for PCI loans and leases acquired through mergers with other banks includes, in addition to the above, an evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower. Loan and lease dispositions may include sales of loans and leases, receipt of payments in full from the borrower or foreclosure. Write-downs are not recorded on the PCI loan or lease pool until actual losses exceed the remaining non-accretable difference. To date, no write-downs have been recorded for the PCI loans and leases held by the Company.

Conforming Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the fair value as of each balance sheet date, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors or what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. The fair value includes the servicing value of the loans as well as any accrued interest. Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. Origination fees and costs are recognized in earnings at the time of origination for newly originated loans held for sale. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

The Company’s conforming mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are Government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) or Government-eligible at December 31, 2013. These loans are considered to have reliable market price information and the fair value of these loans at December 31, 2013 was based on quoted market prices of similar assets and included the value of loan servicing.

In scenarios of market disruptions, the current secondary market prices that are generally relied on to value GSE-eligible mortgage loans may not be readily available. In these circumstances, the Company may consider

 

112


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

other factors, including: 1) quoted market prices for to-be-announced securities (for agency-eligible loans); 2) recent transaction settlements or traded but unsettled transactions for similar assets; 3) recent third party market transactions for similar assets; and 4) modeled valuations using assumptions that the Bank believes would be used by market participants in estimating fair value (assumptions may include prepayment rates, interest rates, volatilities, mortgage spreads and projected loss rates).

Adjustments to reflect unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are classified as part of net gain on mortgage banking activities included in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Non-Conforming Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: Non-conforming mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis. A decline in the aggregate fair value of the loans below their aggregate carrying amount is recognized through a charge to earnings in the period of such a decline. Unearned income on the loans and leases is taken into earnings when they are sold.

SBA Loans Held for Sale: SBA loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Gains or losses realized on the sales of SBA loans are recognized at the time of sale and are determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans sold, adjusted for any servicing asset or liability. Gains and losses on sales of SBA loans are included in noninterest income.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: The Company records its derivative instruments at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively. The change in derivative instruments fair value is recorded in current earnings in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs). Interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered derivatives and are recorded at fair value in other assets or accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition with the change in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The estimated fair value is based on current market prices for similar instruments.

The Company hedges the risk of the overall change in the fair value of loan commitments to borrowers by selling forward contracts on securities of GSE. Forward contracts on securities are considered derivative instruments. The Company has not formally designated these derivatives as a qualifying hedge relationship and accordingly, accounts for such forward contracts as freestanding derivatives with changes in fair value recorded to earnings each period.

Servicing Rights—Mortgage (Fair Value Method): A servicing asset or liability is recognized when undertaking an obligation to service a financial asset under mortgage servicing contract, including a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that meet the requirements for sale accounting. Such servicing asset or liability is initially measured at fair value based on either market prices for comparable servicing contracts or alternatively

 

113


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

is based on a valuation model that is based on the present value of the contractually specified servicing fee, net of servicing costs, over the estimated life of the loan, using a discount rate based on the related note rate and is recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.

Under the fair value measurement method, the Company measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and are included with net gain on mortgage banking activities on the consolidated statements of operations. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimates and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Currently the Company does not hedge the income statement effects of changes in fair value of the servicing assets.

Servicing fee income, which is reported on the consolidated statements of operations as loan servicing income, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal; or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material.

Servicing Rights—Small Business Administration Loans (Amortized Cost Method): As a general course of business, the Bank originates and sells the guaranteed portion of its SBA loans. To calculate the gain (loss) on sales of SBA loans, the Bank’s investment in the loan is allocated among the retained portion of the loan, the servicing retained, the interest-only strip and the sold portion of the loan, based on the relative fair market value of each portion. The gain (loss) on the sold portion of the loan is recognized at the time of sale based on the difference between sale proceeds and the amount of the allocated investment to the sold portion of the loan.

The portion of the servicing fees that represent contractually specified servicing fees (contractual servicing) is reflected as a servicing asset and is amortized over the estimated life of the servicing; in the event future prepayments exceed management’s estimates and future expected cash flows are inadequate to cover the servicing asset, impairment is recognized. The portion of servicing fees in excess of contractual servicing fees are reflected as interest-only (I/O) strips receivable, which is included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The I/O strips receivable are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not have any I/O strip receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Reserve for Loss on Repurchased Loans: In the ordinary course of business, as loans held for sale are sold, the Bank makes standard industry representations and warranties about the loans. The Bank may have to subsequently repurchase certain loans or reimburse certain investor losses due to defects that may have occurred in the origination of the loans. Such defects include documentation or underwriting errors. In addition, certain investor contracts require the Bank to repurchase loans from previous whole loan sales transactions that experience early payment defaults. If there are no such defects or early payment defaults, the Bank has no commitment to repurchase loans that it has sold. The level of reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans is an estimate that requires considerable management judgment. The Bank’s reserve is based upon the expected future repurchase trends for loans already sold in whole loan sale transactions and the expected valuation of such loans when repurchased, which include first and second trust deed loans. At the point the loans are repurchased, the

 

114


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

associated reserves are transferred to the allowance for loan and lease losses. At the point when loss reimbursements are made directly to the investor, the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans is charged for the losses incurred.

Business Combinations: Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100 percent of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities, regardless of the percentage owned, at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the fair value of net assets acquired, including other identifiable assets, exceed the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed from contingencies must also be recognized at fair value, if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period. Results of operations of an acquired business are included in the statement of operations from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are expensed as incurred. The Company applied this guidance to the PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial acquisitions that were consummated in 2013.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill is determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but are periodically evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values.

In accordance with ASU 2011-08 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): the Company makes a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we do not perform the two-step impairment test. Goodwill is also tested for impairment on an interim basis if circumstances change or an event occurs between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. The qualitative assessment includes adverse events or circumstances identified that could negatively affect the reporting units’ fair value as well as positive and mitigating events. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant change in legal factors or in the general business climate; significant change in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization; unanticipated competition; and an action or assessment by a regulator.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had goodwill of $30.1 million related to the CS Financial, PBOC and Beach acquisitions discussed in Note 2, Business Combinations. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles and trade name intangibles arising from acquisitions, and are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives of 2-7 years and 1-20 years, respectively. The Company had $12.2 million of other intangible assets at December 31, 2013. The Company recognized impairment of intangible assets of $1.1 million by writing off all remaining trade name intangible assets of Beach, Gateway and PBOC of $976 thousand due to the merger of the Company’s two

 

115


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

banking subsidiaries into a single bank and a portion of core deposit intangibles on savings deposits acquired from Gateway of $85 thousand due to the lower remaining balance than forecasted.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives: building 40 years and leasehold improvements-life of lease, and furniture, fixtures, and equipment 5-7 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through foreclosure in satisfaction of commercial and real estate loans, is initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs of the real estate, based on current independent appraisals obtained at the time of acquisition, less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Loan balances in excess of fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated fair values, and gains or losses on disposition of such properties are included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed. Gains and losses on the sale of REO and operating expenses of such assets are included in other expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: Banc of California, NA has purchased life insurance policies on certain key current and former executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Long-term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Deferred Financing Costs: Deferred financing costs associated with the Company’s senior notes are included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The deferred financing costs are being amortized on a basis that approximates a level yield method over the eight-year term of the senior notes.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Statements: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock appreciation right, stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees and directors, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

 

116


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future deductible or taxable amounts for the temporary differences attributable to events that have been recognized in the financial statements, computed using enacted tax rates. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company had a $17.3 million and $8.4 million valuation allowance for its net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. See further discussion in Note 13.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 and for all state income taxes before 2009.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had none accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan: The Company’s employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) was terminated in 2011. When it was active, the cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not yet allocated to participants was shown as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Compensation expense was based on the average market price of shares as they were committed to be released to participant accounts. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduced retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduced debt and accrued interest on the loan that was made by the Company to the ESOP to purchase shares.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share: Basic earnings (loss) per common share is net income (loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for this calculation. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional securities that could share in the earnings of the Company. Dividends paid, and the accretion of discount on the Company’s preferred stock, reduce the earnings available to common shareholders.

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and interest rate swap, net of tax, which are recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders.

 

117


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 3, Fair Values of Financial Instruments. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Transfer of Financial Assets—Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Reclassifications: Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior year net income (loss) or shareholders’ equity.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: (In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), and Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05). ASU 2011-05 revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011- 05 (ASU 2011-12). ASU 2011-12 indefinitely deferred the provision of ASU 2011-05 that would have required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of AOCI by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented. ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 became effective for the Company for first quarter 2012 reporting. The new guidance was applied retrospectively for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04). ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board on fair value. The new guidance establishes a common framework for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. While ASU 2011- 04 is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles, it does expand disclosure requirements and amends certain guidance. Under the revised guidance, the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts only apply to measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets. The highest and best use of a nonfinancial asset is one that is physically possible, legally permissible and financially feasible. The valuation premise guidance provides that the highest and best use of a nonfinancial asset is either on a stand-alone basis or in combination with other assets as a group. The ASU provides a framework for considering whether a premium or discount can be applied in a fair value measurement and provides a model for measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in shareholders’ equity. The expanded disclosure requirements include more detailed disclosures about the valuation processes used in fair value measurements within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, and categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is required to be disclosed in accordance with ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments. The Company adopted ASU 2011-04 and expanded its disclosures starting with its first quarter 2012 reporting. The effect of

 

118


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

adopting this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated operating results or financial condition, but the additional disclosures are included in Note 3, Fair Values of Financial Instruments.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangible—Goodwill and other. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in ASC Topic 350. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. ASU 2011-08 became effective for interim and annual goodwill impairment tests performed after December 15, 2011. Adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements (ASU 2011-03). ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing, provides the criteria for determining whether a transfer of financial assets under a repurchase agreement is accounted for as a secured borrowing or as a sale. In a typical repurchase transaction, an entity transfers financial assets to a counterparty in exchange for cash with an agreement for the counterparty to return the same or equivalent financial assets for a fixed price in the future. Under the guidance, an entity that maintains effective control over transferred assets must account for the transfer as a secured borrowing. ASU 2011-03 eliminates the requirement for entities to consider whether a transferor has the ability to repurchase the financial assets in a repurchase agreement for purposes of determining whether the transferor has maintained effective control. The ASU does not change the other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control. Adoption of ASU 2011-03 on January 1, 2012 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210), Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASU 2013-01). ASU 2013-01 clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and other receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210), Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASU 2011-11). Specifically, ASU 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in the ASC or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendments in ASU 2013-01 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02). The provisions in the ASU supersede and replace the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of AOCI in ASUs 2011-05 and 2011-12. ASU 2013-02 requires entities to disclose additional information about reclassification adjustments, including (1) changes in AOCI balances by component and (2) significant items reclassified out of AOCI. The new disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted ASU 2013-02 for its first quarter 2013 reporting. Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

119


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance ASU 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes”. ASU 2013-10 amends existing guidance to permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. Prior to the update, only the U.S. Treasury and LIBOR rates were permitted for use as benchmark interest rates. ASU 2013-10 is effective prospectively for qualifying new or designated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement.

In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in ASU 2014-01 to Topic 323, “Equity Investments and Joint Ventures,” provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2014 and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. All of the Company’s affordable housing fund investments are within the scope of this this guidance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure has occurred, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Interim and annual disclosure is required of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

120


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND BRANCH SALES

The Company completed the following acquisitions during the time period between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2013, use the acquisition method of accounting, and accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. The following table presents a summary of acquired assets and assumed liabilities along with a summary of considerations as of respective dates of acquisition:

 

     Acquisition and Date Acquired  
     CS Financial      The Palisades
Group, LLC
     Private Bank
of California
     Gateway
Business Bank
     Beach
Business Bank
 
     October 31,
2013
     September 10,
2013
     July 1,
2013
     August 18,
2012
     July 1,
2012
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Assets acquired:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 482       $ 900       $ 33,752       $ 1,783       $ 5,867   

Interest-bearing deposits

     —           5         —           —           4,674   

Federal funds sold

     —           —           —           35,090         55,478   

Securities available for sale

     —           —           219,298         76         5,661   

Loans held for sale

     4,982         —           —           —           —     

Loans and leases receivable

     —           —           385,256         131,322         229,722   

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost

     —           —           —           940         1,554   

Servicing rights

     —           —           —           1,636         —     

Premises, equipment, and capital leases

     1,050         —           1,501         741         709   

Income tax receivable

     —           —           682         —           —     

Goodwill

     8,057         —           15,038         —           7,048   

Other intangible assets

     —           —           10,400         1,675         4,495   

Other assets

     621         364         6,578         4,702         3,831   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 15,192       $ 1,269       $ 672,505       $ 177,965       $ 319,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

              

Deposits

   $ —         $ —         $ 561,689       $ 142,995       $ 271,320   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     —           —           41,833         —           —     

Other liabilities

     7,270         1,219         2,756         7,940         7,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 7,270       $ 1,219       $ 606,278       $ 150,935       $ 278,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

SBLF preferred stock assumed

   $ —         $ —         $ 10,000       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 7,922       $ 50       $ 56,227       $ 15,403       $ 40,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Summary of consideration

              

Cash paid

   $ 1,500       $ 50       $ 27,915       $ 15,403       $ 39,145   

Common stock issued

   $ 1,964       $ —         $ 28,282       $ —         $ —     

Replacement awards

   $ —         $ —         $ 30       $ —         $ —     

Stock warrants issued

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 1,009   

Noninterest-bearing note

   $ 3,150       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Performance based equity

   $ 1,308       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

 

121


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Beach Business Bank Merger

Effective July 1, 2012, the Company acquired Beach Business Bank pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) dated August 30, 2011, as amended October 31, 2011. At the effective time of the transaction, a newly formed and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (Merger Sub) merged with and into Beach (the Merger), with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the Merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant and subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Beach common stock (other than specified shares owned by the Company, Merger Sub or Beach, and other than in the case of shares in respect of, or underlying, certain Beach options and other equity awards, which were treated as set forth in the Merger Agreement) was converted into the right to receive $9.21415 in cash and one warrant. Each warrant entitled the holder to purchase 0.33 of a share of Company common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share for a period of one year. All of the warrants expired on June 30, 2013 without being exercised. The aggregate cash consideration paid to Beach shareholders in the Merger was approximately $39.1 million. In addition, Beach shareholders received in aggregate warrants to purchase the equivalent of 1,401,959 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.0 million.

Beach (re-named The Private Bank of California effective July 1, 2013 and merged with Pacific Trust Bank on October 11, 2013 to form the Bank) operated branches in Manhattan Beach, Long Beach, and Costa Mesa, California. Beach also had a division named The Doctors Bank®, which serves physicians and dentists nationwide. Additionally, Beach provided loans to small businesses based on Small Business Administration (SBA) lending programs. Beach’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012 totaled $311.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company recorded $7.0 million of goodwill and $4.5 million of other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2012. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 2—7 years. For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all non-taxable and/or non-deductible.

The market opportunity that was created with the acquisition is that it creates for our Company the opportunity to leverage Beach’s branch network, SBA lending platform, the Doctors Bank product offerings and other programs that can be deployed throughout our market which we expect will help augment our customer base. This acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to build a regional presence in Southern California. The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as acquire new customers in the expanded region.

Gateway Bancorp Acquisition

Effective August 18, 2012, the Company acquired Gateway Bancorp, the holding company of Gateway Business Bank (Gateway) pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) dated June 3, 2011, as amended on November 28, 2011, February 24, 2012, June 30, 2012, and July 31, 2012. The acquisition was accomplished by the Company’s purchase of all of the outstanding stock of Gateway Bancorp, followed by the merger of Gateway into PacTrust Bank. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company purchased all of the issued and outstanding shares of Gateway Bancorp for $15.4 million in cash.

 

122


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Gateway operated branches in Lakewood and Laguna Hills, California. As part of the acquisition, Mission Hills Mortgage Bankers, a division of Gateway, including its 22 loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon and Washington, became a part of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations. Gateway’s consolidated assets and equity (unaudited) as of August 17, 2012 totaled $175.5 million and $25.8 million, respectively. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company recorded $11.6 million of bargain purchase gain and $1.7 million of other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2012. The other intangible assets are related to $720 thousand of core deposits, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 4—6 years, and $955 thousand of trade name intangible which is being amortized over 20 years. For tax purposes the purchase accounting adjustments and bargain purchase gain are non-taxable and/or non-deductible. Due to circumstances that Gateway faced at the time the acquisition was negotiated, which include regulatory orders and operating losses, the terms negotiated included a purchase price that was $5 million lower than Gateway Bancorp’s equity book value. The discount was further increased to $6.5 million in exchange for the elimination of any contingent liability to the shareholder of Gateway Bancorp related to mortgage repurchase risk. Due to delays in obtaining regulatory approval, the transaction closed nine months later than originally planned. This passage of time allowed Gateway to eliminate all regulatory orders, return to profitability, improve asset quality, and increase the book value of equity by reducing the expected discount on assets. As a result, a bargain purchase gain of $11.6 million resulted at the time of purchase.

This acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to build a regional presence in Southern California. The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as add new customers in the expanded region.

The Private Bank of California Acquisition

Effective July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of The Private Bank of California, (PBOC) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, as amended (the PBOC Merger Agreement), by and between the Company, Beach (then a separate subsidiary bank of the Company) and PBOC. PBOC merged with and into Beach, with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and changing its name to “The Private Bank of California.” On October 11, 2013, The Private Bank of California was merged with the Company’s other wholly owned banking subsidiary, Banc of California, National Association (formerly Pacific Trust Bank), to form the Bank.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company paid aggregate merger consideration of (1) 2,082,654 shares of Company common stock (valued at $28.3 million based on the $13.58 per share closing price of Company common stock on July 1, 2013), and (2) $25.3 million in cash. Additionally, the Company paid out $2.7 million for certain outstanding options to acquire PBOC common stock in accordance with the merger agreement and converted outstanding PBOC stock options to the Company’s stock options with an assumed fair value of approximately $30 thousand. On the basis of the number of shares of PBOC common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Merger, each outstanding share of PBOC common stock was converted into the right to receive $6.52 in cash and 0.5379 shares of Company common stock.

In addition, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one

 

123


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share).

PBOC provided a range of financial services, including credit and deposit products as well as cash management services, from its headquarters located in the Century City area of Los Angeles, California as well as full-service branches in Hollywood and Irvine, and a loan production office in downtown Los Angeles. PBOC’s target clients included high-net worth and high income individuals, business professionals and their professional service firms, business owners, entertainment service businesses and non-profit organizations.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company has expensed approximately $2.6 million of direct acquisition costs and recorded $15.0 million of goodwill and $10.4 million of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 2-7 years. Loans that were acquired from PBOC that were considered credit impaired were written down at the acquisition date in accordance with purchase accounting to fair value. In addition, the allowance for loan losses for all PBOC loans was not carried over to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. A full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset was recorded based on management’s evaluation of the expectation of recovery of deferred tax assets for the Company . For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all nontaxable and/or non-deductible.

 

124


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the total consideration transferred as a part of the PBOC acquisition as well as the fair value adjustments to the PBOC’s balance sheet as of the respective acquisition date and the resulting goodwill derived:

 

     July 1, 2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Consideration paid

    

Cash

     $ 25,252   

Options payout

       2,663   

Replacement options fair market value

       30   

Shares issued(1)

       28,282   
    

 

 

 

Total consideration

       56,227   

SBLF preferred stock assumed

       10,000   
    

 

 

 

Total consideration

       66,227   

Net assets pre-acquisition

       51,278   

Fair value adjustments

    

Loans receivable

   $ (10,856  

Allowance for loan losses

     7,380     

Investment securities

     (2,495  

Fixed assets

     5     

Trade name

     70     

Core deposit intangible

     10,330     

Deferred taxes assets, net

     (4,207  

Prepaid rent

     (64  

Lease liability

     (56  

Certificate of deposits purchase premium

     (196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value adjustments

       (89

Fair value of net assets acquired

       51,189   
    

 

 

 

Excess of consideration paid over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill)

     $ 15,038   
    

 

 

 

 

(1) @$13.58/share

Certain valuations related to assumed liabilities are considered preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.

The Palisades Group, LLC, Acquisition

Effective September 10, 2013, the Company acquired The Palisades Group, LLC (Palisades), a Delaware limited liability company and a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Units Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, amended and restated as of August 12, 2013, for $50 thousand. Palisades provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties, including the Bank, with respect to the purchase, sale and management of portfolios of residential mortgage loans.

 

125


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Palisades acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the September 10, 2013 acquisition date. No goodwill was recognized.

CS Financial Acquisition

Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by former Company director and current Company executive Jeffery T. Seabold. The CS Financial became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. For additional information regarding this transaction, see note 25-Related-Party Transactions.

The CS Financial acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2013. Because of the short time period between acquisition date and December 31, 2013, the Company used significant estimates and assumptions to value the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The closing date valuations related to loans, premises, equipment, capital leases, other intangible assets, other assets, and assumed liabilities are considered preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.

Branch Sales

On October 4, 2013, the Bank completed a branch sale transaction to AmericanWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank (AWB). In the transaction, the Bank sold eight branches and related assets and deposit liabilities to AWB. The transaction was completed with a transfer of $464.3 million deposits to AWB in exchange for a deposit premium of 2.3 percent. Certain other assets related to the branches include the real estate for three of the branch locations and certain overdraft and other credit facilities related to the deposit accounts. The Company recognized a gain of $12.1 million from this transaction.

 

126


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisitions of PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial had occurred on January 1, 2013 and 2012 after giving effect to certain adjustments. The unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction, interest expense on deposits and borrowings acquired, and the related income tax effects.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013             2012      
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net interest income

   $ 107,607      $ 67,249   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     8,822        7,013   

Noninterest income

     118,459        64,701   

Noninterest expense

     208,082        113,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     9,162        11,846   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     8,252        2,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 910      $ 9,324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.08   $ 0.56   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.08   $ 0.56   

The above unaudited pro forma financial information for 2013 and 2012 includes the pre-acquisition periods for PBOC, Palisades, and CS Financial. The above unaudited pro forma financial information includes pre-acquisition provisions for loan and lease losses recognized by PBOC and CS Financial of $859 thousand and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Pro forma statements do not include cost saves or integration costs and may not be reflective of what is would have looked like had they been put together at that date.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisitions of Beach and Gateway had occurred on January 1, 2012 and 2011 after giving effect to certain adjustments. The unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction, interest expense on deposits and borrowings acquired, and the related income tax effects.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2012              2011      
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net interest income

   $ 57,921      $ 49,534   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     6,350        6,062   

Noninterest income

     54,918        34,465   

Noninterest expense

     106,260        83,043   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     229        (5,106

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2,529        (1,172
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,300 )    $ (3,934 ) 
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.33   $ (0.45

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.33   $ (0.45

 

127


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The above unaudited pro forma financial information for 2012 and 2011 includes the pre-acquisition periods for Beach and Gateway. Excluded from the above pro forma financial information is revenue of $11.6 million related to the bargain purchase gain recorded in connection with the Gateway acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2012. The above unaudited pro forma financial information includes the provision for loan and lease losses recognized by Beach and Gateway prior to acquisition of $0.9 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluded from the above pro forma financials for the year ended December 31, 2012 is a gain of $11.6 million related to the bargain purchase gain for the Gateway acquisition. Pro forma statements do not include cost saves or integration costs and may not be reflective of what is would have looked like had they been put together at that date.

NOTE 3—FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

   

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Securities Available for Sale. The fair values of securities available for sale are generally determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1), or by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). The fair values of the Company’s Level 3 securities are determined by the Company or an independent third-party provider using a discounted cash flow methodology. The methodology uses discount rates that are based upon observed market yields for similar securities. Prepayment speeds are estimated based upon the prepayment history of each bond and a detailed analysis of the underlying collateral. Gross weighted average coupon, geographic concentrations, loan to value, FICO and seasoning are among the different loan attributes that are factored into our prepayment curve. Default rates and severity are estimated based upon geography of the collateral, delinquency, modifications, loan to value ratios, FICO scores, and past performance.

Impaired Loans and Leases. The fair value of impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

128


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Loans Held for Sale. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on commitments outstanding from investors as well as what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. Therefore, loans held for sale subjected to recurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 2. The Company had $192.6 million of loans held for sale at such fair value. As of December 31, 2013, the Company also had $524.1 million of non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value. The Company obtains quotes, bid or pricing indications on all or part of these loans directly from the buyers. Premiums and discounts received or to be received on the quotes, bids or pricing indications are indicative of the fact that the cost is lower or higher than fair value.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as required by GAAP and are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. The Company has entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flow attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The other derivative assets are interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with prospective residential mortgage borrowers whereby the interest rate on the loan is locked by borrower prior to funding. These IRLCs are determined to be derivative instruments in accordance with GAAP. The derivative liabilities are hedging instruments typically mortgage-backed to-be-announced (TBA securities) used to hedge the risk of fair value changes affected by interest rates changes relating to the Company’s mortgage banking operations. The Company hedges the period from the interest rate lock (assuming a fall-out factor) to the date of the loan sale. The estimated fair value is based on current market prices for similar instruments. Given the meaningful level of secondary market activity for derivative contracts, active pricing is available for similar assets and accordingly, the Company classifies its derivative assets and liabilities as Level 2.

Servicing Rights—Mortgage. The Company retains servicing on some of its mortgage loans sold and elected the fair value option for valuation of these mortgage servicing rights. The value is based on a third party provider that calculates the present value of the expected net servicing income from the portfolio based on key factors that include interest rates, prepayment assumptions, discount rate and estimated cash flows. Because of the significance of unobservable inputs, these servicing rights are classified as Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned Assets. Other real estate owned assets (OREO) are recorded at the fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of other real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company experienced $97 thousand, $703 thousand and $4.8 million in valuation allowance expense for those assets, respectively.

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring and Non-Recurring Basis

Available-for-sale securities, certain conforming mortgage loans held for sale, derivative assets and liabilities, and servicing rights—mortgage are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, whereas impaired loans and leases, non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale and other real estate owned are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

129


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

            Fair Value Measurements Level  
     Carrying
Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level One)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level Two)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level Three)
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,736       $ —         $ 1,736       $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,920         —           1,920         —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,752         —           14,752         —     

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     151,614         —           151,614         —     

Loans held for sale

     192,613         —           192,613         —     

Derivative assets(1)

     5,493         —           5,493         —     

Mortgage servicing rights(2)

     13,535         —           —           13,535   

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities(3)

     —           —           —           —     

December 31, 2012:

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

   $ 2,710       $ —         $ 2,710       $ —     

State and Municipal securities

     9,944         —           9,944         —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     41,846         —           39,632         2,214   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     66,919         —           66,919         —     

Loans held for sale

     113,158         —           113,158         —     

Derivative assets (1)

     2,890         —           2,890         —     

Mortgage servicing rights (2)

     1,739         —           —           1,739   

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities (3)

     988         —           988         —     

 

(1) Included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition
(2) Included in servicing rights, net on the consolidated statements of financial condition
(3) Included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition

 

130


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

     Fair Value Measurements Level  
     Carrying
Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level One)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level Two)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level Three)
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

           

Assets

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ 12,814       $ —         $ 8,769       $ 4,045   

Real estate mortgage

     3,868         —           105         3,763   

Multifamily

     1,972         —           —           1,972   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     249         —           216         33   

Commercial and industrial

     33         —           —           33   

SBA

     10         —           —           10   

December 31, 2012:

           

Assets

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ 21,778       $ —         $ 3,041       $ 18,737   

Multifamily

     5,442         —           —           5,442   

Real estate mortgage

     2,531         —           829         1,702   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     3         —           —           3   

Other real estate owned assets:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     118         —           —           118   

Land

     3,889         —           —           3,889   

The Company did not have any other real estate owned at December, 31 2013. At December 31, 2012, real estate owned measured at fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying value of $4.0 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $6.6 million, net of a valuation allowance of $2.1 million.

The following table presents the gains and (losses) recognized on assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans:

      

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ (1,143   $ (1,890   $ (978

Real estate mortgage

     —          (987     (169

Multifamily

     (465     —          (2,136

SBA

     —          —          —     

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     (2     —          (108

Other real estate owned assets

     367        (239     (5,603

 

131


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods ended indicated:

 

     Private  label
residential
mortgage-backed
securities
    Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance of recurring Level 3 securities at December 31, 2012

   $ 2,214      $ 1,739      $ 3,953   

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

     —          —          —     

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

      

Included in earnings-realized

     —          —          —     

Included in earnings-fair value adjustment

     —          1,360        1,360   

Included in other comprehensive income

     —          —          —     

Amortization of premium (discount)

     —          —          —     

Additions

     —          11,463        11,463   

Sales and settlements

     (2,214     (1,027     (3,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance of recurring Level 3 securities at December 31, 2013

   $ —        $ 13,535      $ 13,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance of recurring Level 3 securities at December 31, 2011

   $ 76,203      $ —        $ 76,203   

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

     (56,767     —          (56,767

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

      

Included in earnings-realized

     (83     —          (83

Included in earnings-fair value adjustment

     —          (42     (42

Included in other comprehensive income

     (2,173     —          (2,173

Amortization of premium (discount)

     (196     —          (196

Additions

     —          1,975        1,975   

Sales and settlements

     (14,770     (194     (14,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance of recurring Level 3 securities at December 31, 2012

   $ 2,214      $ 1,739      $ 3,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that cause the transfer.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

     Fair Value      Valuation
Technique(s)
     Unobservable Input(s)    Range (Weighted Average)
     ($ in thousands)                   

December 31, 2013:

           

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 13,535         Discounted       Discount rate    10.00% to 17.94% (10.26%)
        cash flow       Prepayment rate    4.19% to 34.54% (9.85%)

December 31, 2012:

           

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 2,214         Discounted       Voluntary prepayment rate    3.15% to 8.00% (5.80%)
        cash flow       Collateral default rate    8.46% to 8.56% (8.5%)
         Loss severity at default    55%

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 1,739         Discounted       Discount rate    10.5% to 11.5% (10.5%)
        cash flow       Prepayment rate    4.3% to 35.3% (13.8%)

 

132


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s servicing rights include the discount rate and estimated cash flows. There may be inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s private label and agency residential mortgage backed securities are prepayment rates, collateral default rates, and loss severity in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the collateral default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

 

133


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated:

 

     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value Measurements Level  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

              

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 110,118       $ 110,118       $ —         $ —         $ 110,118   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     1,846         1,846         —           —           1,846   

Securities available-for-sale

     170,022         —           170,022         —           170,022   

FHLB and other bank stock

     22,600         —           22,600         —           22,600   

Loans held for sale

     716,733         —           719,496         —           719,496   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance

     2,427,306         —           —           2,460,953         2,460,953   

Accrued interest receivable

     10,866         10,866         —           —           10,866   

Derivative assets

     5,493         —           5,493         —           5,493   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

     2,918,644         —           2,877,650         —           2,877,650   

Advances from the FHLB

     250,000         —           250,090         —           250,090   

Notes payable

     82,320         85,564         —           —           85,564   

Derivative liabilities

     —           —           —           —           —     

Accrued interest payable

     1,646         1,646         —           —           1,646   

December 31, 2012:

              

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 108,643       $ 108,643       $ —         $ —         $ 108,643   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     5,027         5,027         —           —           5,027   

Securities available-for-sale

     121,419         —           119,205         2,214         121,419   

FHLB and other bank stock

     8,842         —           8,842         —           8,842   

Loans held for sale

     113,158         —           113,158         —           113,158   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance

     1,234,023         —           —           1,267,292         1,267,292   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,002         7         50         4,945         5,002   

Derivative assets

     2,890         —           2,890         —           2,890   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

     1,306,342         —           1,305,884         —           1,305,884   

Advances from the FHLB

     75,000         —           75,166         —           75,166   

Notes payable

     81,935         86,106         —           —           86,106   

Derivative liabilities

     988         —           988         —           988   

Accrued interest payable

     1,639         1,335         304         —           1,639   

 

134


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, time deposits in financial institutions, and accrued interest receivable and payable. The methods for determining the fair values for securities available for sale, and derivatives assets and liabilities are described above. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of FHLB advances and long-term debt is based on current rates for similar financing, and therefore not indicative of an exit price. It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is not considered material (or is based on the current fees or costs that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements) and is not presented.

NOTE 4—SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio , and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

          

Available-for-sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,794       $ —         $ (58   $ 1,736   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,928         —           (8     1,920   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,653         135         (36     14,752   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     153,134         299         (1,819     151,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 171,509       $ 434       $ (1,921   $ 170,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

          

Available-for-sale

          

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

   $ 2,706       $ 4       $ —        $ 2,710   

State and Municipal securities

     9,660         284         —          9,944   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     41,499         475         (128     41,846   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     66,818         335         (234     66,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 120,683       $ 1,098       $ (362   $ 121,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of residential mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Maturity:

     

Available-for-sale

     

Within one year

   $ —         $ —     

One to five years

     —           —     

Five to ten years

     1,928         1,920   

Greater than ten years

     —           —     

SBA loan pools, private label residential mortgage backed and agency mortgage-backed securities

     169,581         168,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 171,509       $ 170,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of shareholders’ equity.

The following table presents a summary of the investment securities with unrealized losses by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

               

Available-for-sale

               

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,736       $ (58   $ —         $ —        $ 1,736       $ (58

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,920         (8     —           —          1,920         (8

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     2,064         (11     3,913         (25     5,977         (36

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     114,104         (1,790     1,821         (29     115,925         (1,819
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 119,824       $ (1,867   $ 5,734       $ (54   $ 125,558       $ (1,921
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

               

Available-for-sale

               

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 2,194       $ (13   $ 10,061       $ (115   $ 12,255       $ (128

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     37,388         (234     —           —          37,388         (234
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 39,582       $ (247   $ 10,061       $ (115   $ 49,643       $ (362
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 120 securities, 84 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $6.0 million with unrealized losses of $36 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $115.9 million with unrealized losses of $1.8 million at December 31, 2013. The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $12.3 million with unrealized losses of $128 thousand at December 31, 2012. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities that are in an unrealized loss position had a fair value of $37.4 million with unrealized losses of $234 thousand at December 31, 2012.

The Company monitors to insure it has adequate credit support and as of December 31, 2013, the Company believes there is no OTTI and it does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Of the Company’s $170.0 million securities portfolio, $169.8 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $247 thousand were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating as of December 31, 2013. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Gross realized gains on sales of securities available-for-sale

   $ 438      $ 19      $ 3,008   

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available-for-sale

     (107     (102     (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available-for-sale

   $ 331      $ (83   $ 2,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

   $ 127,298      $ 11,940      $ 67,823   

The tax expense (benefit) related to these net realized gains and losses were none, none, and $1.2 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

137


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 5—LOANS AND LEASES AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The following table presents the balances in the Company’s loans and leases portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     Non-Traditional
Mortgages

(NTM)
    Traditional
Loans
    Total NTM  and
Traditional

Loans
    Purchased
Credit
Impaired
    Total Loans
and Leases
Receivable
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ —        $ 283,743      $ 283,743      $ 4,028      $ 287,771   

Real estate mortgage

     —          514,869        514,869        15,014        529,883   

Multi-family

     —          141,580        141,580        —          141,580   

SBA

     —          23,740        23,740        3,688        27,428   

Construction

     —          24,933        24,933        —          24,933   

Lease financing

     —          31,949        31,949        —          31,949   

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     156,490        667,526        824,016        314,820        1,138,836   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

     147,705        —          147,705        —          147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

     5,289        —          5,289        —          5,289   

Other HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     113        108,888        109,001        1,736        110,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Loans

   $ 309,597      $ 1,797,228      $ 2,106,825      $ 339,286      $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage to total gross loans

     12.7     73.4     86.1     13.9     100.0

Allowance for loan losses

             (18,805
          

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable, net

           $ 2,427,306   
          

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ —        $ 73,579      $ 73,579      $ 6,808      $ 80,387   

Real estate mortgage

     —          317,063        317,063        21,837        338,900   

Multi-family

     —          114,237        114,237        845        115,082   

SBA

     —          30,468        30,468        5,608        36,076   

Construction

     —          6,623        6,623        —          6,623   

Lease financing

     —          11,203        11,203        —          11,203   

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     161,767        213,114        374,881        65,066        439,947   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

     198,720        —          198,720        —          198,720   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

     7,659        —          7,659        —          7,659   

Other HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     114        13,704        13,818        56        13,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Loans

   $ 368,260      $ 779,991      $ 1,148,251      $ 100,220      $ 1,248,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage to total gross loans

     29.5     62.5     92.0     8.0     100.0

Allowance for loan losses

             (14,448
          

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable, net

           $ 1,234,023   
          

 

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Non Traditional Mortgage Loans

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: the Green Account Loans (Green Loans), the hybrid interest only fixed or adjustable rate mortgage (Interest Only) and a small number of loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $309.6 million or 12.7 percent of the total gross loan portfolio and $368.3 million or 29.5 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. Total NTM portfolio decreased by $58.7 million, or 15.9 percent, during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Count      Amount     Percent     Count      Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousands)  

Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens

     173       $ 147,705        47.7     212       $ 198,720        53.9

Interest-only—first liens

     244         139,867        45.2     187         142,426        38.7

Negative amortization

     37         16,623        5.4     40         19,341        5.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM—first liens

     454         304,195        98.3     439         360,487        97.9

Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens

     23         5,289        1.7     27       $ 7,659        2.1

Interest-only—second liens

     1         113        0.0     1         114        0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM—second liens

     24         5,402        1.7     28         7,773        2.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     478       $ 309,597        100.0     467       $ 368,260        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loan portfolio

      $ 2,446,111           $ 1,248,471     

% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio

        12.7          29.5  

Green Account Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. At December 31, 2013, Green Loans totaled $153.0 million, a decrease of $53.4 million, or 25.9 percent from $206.4 million at December 31, 2012, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $5.7 million and $5.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of underlying collateral declines. The Company discontinued origination of the Green Loan products in 2011.

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payment in initial periods before converting to fully amortizing payments. As of December 31, 2013, our interest only loans decreased by $2.6 million, or 1.8 percent, to $140.0 million from $142.5 million at December 31, 2012, primarily due to purchases of $57.0 million, acquired loans through PBOC acquisition of $22.5 million, and originations of $197.2 million, partially offset by sales of $115.8 million, payoffs and principal reductions of $43.2 million, loans transferred to held for sale of $91.6 million, and reclassification of $28.5 million

 

139


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

from NTM interest only to traditional loans due to the expiration of the initial interest only period and conversion to a fully amortizing basis. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $752 thousand and $5.8 million, respectively, of the interest only loans were non-performing.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $2.7 million, or 14.1 percent, to $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013 from $19.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1.2 million and none, respectively, of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios. Negative amortization loans of $16.0 million, or 96.2 percent, had begun amortizing and a loan of $627 thousand, or 3.8 percent of total negative amortization loans, was subject to negative amortization as of December 31, 2013.

Risk Management of Non-Traditional Mortgages

The Company has assessed that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages are loan-to-value (LTV) and FICO scores. Accordingly, the Company manages credit risk in the NTM portfolio through semi-annual review of the loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and home equity lines of credit, as needed in conjunction with portfolio management, and ordering third party automated valuation models. The loan review is designed to provide a method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they actually fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and/or a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded which will increase the reserves the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan review is published and regularly monitored.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first red flag that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the NTM portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts monthly meetings to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations.

On the Interest Only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be an increase in payment of 3.50 percent or greater and then monitors the loans for possible delinquency. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

 

140


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Non Traditional Mortgage Performance Indicators

The table below presents the Company’s non-traditional one-to-four family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at December 31, 2013 by FICO scores that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013, comparing to the FICO scores for those same loans that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2012:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     2013     2012     Changes  
     Count      Amount      Percent     Count      Amount      Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousands)  

FICO Score

                      

800+

     7       $ 1,382         0.9     7       $ 7,183         4.9     —        $ (5,801     -4.0

700-799

     94         74,876         50.8     98         75,556         51.2     (4     (680     -0.4

600-699

     44         42,739         28.9     44         37,718         25.5     —          5,021        3.4

<600

     14         11,965         8.1     14         12,122         8.2     —          (157     -0.1

No FICO

     14         16,743         11.3     10         15,126         10.2     4        1,617        1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     173       $ 147,705         100.0     173       $ 147,705         100.0     —        $ —          0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had updated the FICO scores on real estate one-to-four family residential mortgage Green Account loans. The 700-799 category was 50.8 percent and 51.2 percent for FICO scores at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The table below presents the Company’s one-to-four family residential NTM first lien portfolio by LTV as of the dates indicated:

 

    Green     Interest-Only     Negative Amortization     Total  
    Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    90      $ 78,807        53.3     80      $ 65,181        44.6     13      $ 4,930        29.7     183      $ 148,918        49.0

61-80

    38        33,604        22.8     51        28,999        20.7     13        7,643        45.9     102        70,246        23.1

81-100

    26        14,917        10.1     43        21,474        15.4     8        3,277        19.7     77        39,668        13.0

> 100

    19        20,377        13.8     70        24,213        17.3     3        773        4.7     92        45,363        14.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    173      $ 147,705        100.0     244      $ 139,867        100.0     37      $ 16,623        100.0     454      $ 304,195        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    51      $ 59,679        30.0     59      $ 47,368        33.3     11      $ 2,450        12.7     121      $ 109,497        30.4

61-80

    63        52,107        26.2     72        58,972        41.3     4        1,228        6.3     139        112,307        31.1

81-100

    60        62,335        31.4     26        17,478        12.3     9        6,568        34.0     95        86,381        24.0

> 100

    38        24,599        12.4     30        18,608        13.1     16        9,095        47.0     84        52,302        14.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    212      $ 198,720        100.0     187      $ 142,426        100.0     40      $ 19,341        100.0     439      $ 360,487        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) LTV represents estimated current loan to value as current unpaid principal balance divided by estimated property value.

 

141


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The decrease in Green Loans was primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. During 2013, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s one-to-four family residential NTM first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company has an established credit risk management process that includes regular management review of the loan and lease portfolio to identify problem loans and leases. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers and lessees that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan and lease agreements. Such loans and leases are subject to increased monitoring. Consideration is given to placing the loan or lease on non-accrual status, assessing the need for additional allowance for loan and lease losses, and partial or full charge-off. The Company maintains the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks in the loan portfolio and off-balance sheet unfunded credit commitments. The allowance for loan and lease losses includes allowances for loan, lease, and off-balance sheet unfunded credit commitment losses.

The credit risk monitoring system is designed to identify impaired and potential problem loans, and to permit periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy level of the allowance for credit losses in a timely manner. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Bank has adopted a credit policy that includes a credit review and control system which it believes should be effective in ensuring that the Company maintains an adequate allowance for credit losses. The Board of Directors provides oversight and guidance for management’s allowance evaluation process, including quarterly valuations, and consideration of management’s determination of whether the allowance is adequate to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the provision for loan and lease losses is based on management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and takes into consideration known relevant internal and external factors that affect collectability when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan and lease losses. The nature of the process by which the Company determines the appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses are made by charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. Identified credit exposures that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses and ending balances of loans evaluated for impairment for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 14,448      $ 12,780      $ 14,637   

Loans and leases charged off

     (3,013     (4,071     (7,512

Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off

     850        239        267   

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

     (1,443     —          —     

Provision for loan and lease losses

     7,963        5,500        5,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 18,805      $ 14,448      $ 12,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the years ended as of dates indicated:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
    Multi-
Family
    SBA     Construction     Lease
Financing
    Real Estate
1-4 family
First
Mortgage
    HELOC’s,
Home
Equity
Loans, and
Other
Consumer
Credit
    Unallocated     TOTAL  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                   

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

                   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 263      $ 3,178      $ 1,478      $ 118      $ 21      $ 261      $ 8,855      $ 274      $ —        $ 14,448   

Charge-offs

    —          (472     (553     (648     —          (23     (1,302     (15     —          (3,013

Recoveries

    98        268        88        285        —          11        92        8        —          850   

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,443     —          —          (1,443

Provision

    1,461        2,510        1,553        480        223        179        842        265        450        7,963   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1,822      $ 5,484      $ 2,566      $ 235      $ 244      $ 428      $ 7,044      $ 532      $ 450      $ 18,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ —        $ 60      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 34      $ 2      $ —        $ 96   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,822        5,484        2,506        235        244        428        6,814        530        450        18,513   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          —          196        —          —          196   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 1,822      $ 5,484      $ 2,566      $ 235      $ 244      $ 428      $ 7,044      $ 532      $ 450      $ 18,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 33      $ 3,868      $ 1,972      $ 10      $ —        $ —        $ 12,814      $ 249      $ —        $ 18,946   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    283,710        511,001        139,608        23,730        24,933        31,949        958,907        114,041        —          2,087,879   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    4,028        15,014        —          3,688        —          —          314,820        1,736        —          339,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending loan balances

  $ 287,771      $ 529,883      $ 141,580      $ 27,428      $ 24,933      $ 31,949      $ 1,286,541      $ 116,026      $ —        $ 2,446,111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
    Multi-
Family
    SBA     Construction     Lease
Financing
    Real Estate
1-4 family
First
Mortgage
    HELOC’s,
Home
Equity
Loans, and
Other
Consumer
Credit
    Unallocated     TOTAL  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012:

                   

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

                   

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 128      $ 2,234      $ 1,541      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 8,635      $ 242      $ —        $ 12,780   

Charge-offs

    —          (987     —          (64     —          —          (3,006     (14     —          (4,071

Recoveries

    —          —          —          14        —          —          221        4        —          239   

Provision

    135        1,931        (63     168        21        261        3,005        42        —          5,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 263      $ 3,178      $ 1,478      $ 118      $ 21      $ 261      $ 8,855      $ 274      $ —        $ 14,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ —        $ 590      $ 53      $ —        $ —        $ 597      $ —        $ —        $ 1,240   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    263        3,178        888        65        21        261        8,258        274        —          13,208   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 263      $ 3,178      $ 1,478      $ 118      $ 21      $ 261      $ 8,855      $ 274      $ —        $ 14,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,879      $ 3,988      $ 5,442      $ 438      $ —        $ —        $ 21,778      $ 3      $ —        $ 33,528   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    71,700        313,075        108,795        30,030        6,623        11,203        551,823        21,474        —          1,114,723   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    6,808        21,837        845        5,608        —          —          65,066        56        —          100,220   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending loan balances

  $ 80,387      $ 338,900      $ 115,082      $ 36,076      $ 6,623      $ 11,203      $ 638,667      $ 21,533      $ —        $ 1,248,471   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans and leases as of the dates indicated. The recorded investment presents customer balances net of any partial charge-offs recognized on the loans and leases and net of any deferred fees and costs.

 

     As of December 31, 2013      As of December 31, 2012  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
 
     (In thousands)  

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

                 

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 50       $ 33       $ —         $ 2,168       $ 1,879       $ —     

Real estate mortgage

     4,951         3,868         —           5,748         3,988         —     

Multi-family

     487         270         —           —           —           —     

SBA

     26         10         —           457         30         —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     10,765         9,487         —           8,681         8,156         —     

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     248         247         —           3         3         —     

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Multi-family

     1,797         1,702         60         5,441         5,442         590   

SBA

     —           —           —           439         408         53   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     3,378         3,327         34         13,567         13,622         597   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     2         2         2         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,704       $ 18,946       $ 96       $ 36,504       $ 33,528       $ 1,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
    (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 67      $ 10      $ 10      $ 1,879      $ 21      $ 60      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Real estate mortgage

    3,554        163        171        4,743        170        217        2,101        28        28   

Multi-family

    1,345        35        37        5,468        256        266        5,030        134        43   

SBA

    12        1        1        438        10        16        —          —          —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    12,562        304        308        21,912        299        599        20,703        494        257   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    693        2        2        3        —          —          74        19        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 18,233      $ 515      $ 529      $ 34,443      $ 756      $ 1,158      $ 27,908      $ 675      $ 328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents information for impaired loans and leases for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Average of individually impaired loans during the period

   $ 18,233       $ 34,443       $ 27,908   

Interest income recognized during impairment

     515         756         675   

Cash-basis interest income recognized

     529         1,158         328   

The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases and loans past due 90 days still on accrual as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012  
    Traditional
Loans
    NTM Loans     Total     Traditional
Loans
    NTM Loans     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Nonaccrual loans

           

The Company maintains specific allowance allocations for these loans of $95 in 2013 and $1,517 in 2012

    23,950        7,698        31,648        11,538        11,361        22,993   

The following table presents the composition of nonaccrual loans and leases as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012  
    Traditional
Loans
    NTM Loans     Total     Traditional
Loans
    NTM Loans     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ 33      $ —        $ 33      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Real estate mortgage

    3,868        —          3,868        2,906        —          2,906   

Multi-family

    1,972        —          1,972        5,442        —          5,442   

SBA

    10        —          10        141        —          141   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    18,032        2,000        20,032        3,142        5,797        8,939   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

    —          5,482        5,482        —          5,564        5,564   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

    —          216        216        —          —          —     

Other HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    35        —          35        1        —          1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 23,950      $ 7,698      $ 31,648      $ 11,632      $ 11,361      $ 22,993   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Past Due Loans and Leases

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2013, excluding accrued interest receivable which is not considered to be material by class of loans and leases:

 

    As of December 31, 2013  
    30—59 Days
Past Due
    60—89 Days
Past Due
    Greater than
89 Days

Past Due
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Gross Loans
and Leases
Receivables
 
    (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  $ 1,003      $ 1,854      $ 769      $ 3,626      $ 152,864      $ 156,490   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

    653        —          437        1,090        146,615        147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

    —          —          —          —          5,289        5,289   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    —          —          —          —          113        113   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

  $ 1,656      $ 1,854      $ 1,206      $ 4,716      $ 304,881      $ 309,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ 52      $ 235      $ —        $ 287      $ 283,456      $ 283,743   

Real estate mortgage

    5,554        194        —          5,748        509,121        514,869   

Multi-family

    602        —          —          602        140,978        141,580   

SBA

    14        48        —          62        23,678        23,740   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          24,933        24,933   

Lease financing

    271        92        19        382        31,567        31,949   

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    20,684        6,124        12,181        38,989        628,537        667,526   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    209        110        35        354        108,534        108,888   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

  $ 27,386      $ 6,803      $ 12,235      $ 46,424      $ 1,750,804      $ 1,797,228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PCI loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,028      $ 4,028   

Real estate mortgage

    —          —          —          —          15,014        15,014   

Multi-family

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

SBA

    45        1        106        152        3,536        3,688   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    21,888        8,580        12,099        42,567        272,253        314,820   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    —          —          —          —          1,736        1,736   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $ 21,933      $ 8,581      $ 12,205      $ 42,719      $ 296,567      $ 339,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 50,975      $ 17,238      $ 25,646      $ 93,859      $ 2,352,252      $ 2,446,111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2012, excluding accrued interest receivable which is not considered to be material by class of loans and leases:

 

    As of December 31, 2012  
    30—59 Days
Past Due
    60—89 Days
Past Due
    Greater than
89 Days

Past Due
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Gross
Loans and
Leases
Receivables
 
    (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  $ 631      $ 424      $ 911      $ 1,966      $ 159,801      $ 161,767   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

    1,411        2,507        5,564        9,482        189,238        198,720   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

    —          —          —          —          7,659        7,659   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    —          —          —          —          114        114   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

  $ 2,042      $ 2,931      $ 6,475      $ 11,448      $ 356,812      $ 368,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ 248      $ 7      $ —        $ 255      $ 73,324      $ 73,579   

Real estate mortgage

    257        518        375        1,150        315,913        317,063   

Multi-family

    —          —          —          —          114,237        114,237   

SBA

    26        110        —          136        30,332        30,468   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          6,623        6,623   

Lease financing

    118        —          —          118        11,085        11,203   

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    1,314        1,510        2,272        5,096        208,018        213,114   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    27        —          1        28        13,676        13,704   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

  $ 1,990      $ 2,145      $ 2,648      $ 6,783      $ 773,208      $ 779,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PCI loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ —        $ —        $ 178      $ 178      $ 6,630      $ 6,808   

Real estate mortgage

    1,080        377        445        1,902        19,935        21,837   

Multi-family

    —          —          —          —          845        845   

SBA

    317        63        687        1,067        4,541        5,608   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    1,008        1,082        2,080        4,170        60,896        65,066   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    —          —          —          —          56        56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $ 2,405      $ 1,522      $ 3,390      $ 7,317      $ 92,903      $ 100,220   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,437      $ 6,598      $ 12,513      $ 25,548      $ 1,222,923      $ 1,248,471   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were 2, 4 and 4 loans, respectively, that were modified through extensions of maturities. The following table presents loans and leases by class, modified as TDRs that occurred for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
    ($ in thousands)  

NTM and Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Real estate mortgage

    0      $ —        $ —          1      $ 288      $ 288        0      $ —        $ —     

SBA

    0        —          —          3        420        420        0        —          —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    0        —          —          0        —          —          4        4,685        4,477   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    2        435        435        0        —          —          0        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    2      $ 435      $ 435        4      $ 708      $ 708        4      $ 4,685      $ 4,477   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents loans and leases by class modified as TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
 
     ($ in thousands)  

TDRs that subsequently defaulted:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     0         —           1         4         0         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0       $ —           1       $ 4         0       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

149


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the composition of TDRs as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     PCI Loans      NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     PCI Loans  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ —         $ 85       $ —         $ —         $ 1,236   

Real estate mortgage

     —           194         2,868         —           530         1,355   

Multi-family

     —           —           —           —           3,090         —     

SBA

     —           10         704         —           —           423   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     —           3,605         —           4,875         3,690         —     

Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens

     3,468         —           —           3,482         

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           1,736         —           1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,468       $ 3,809       $ 5,393       $ 8,357       $ 7,311       $ 3,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TDRs, excluding purchased credit impaired loans, were $7.3 million and $15.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans or leases that are classified as troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Credit Quality Indicators:

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan or lease to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan and lease portfolio. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans and leases delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans and leases such as commercial and commercial real estate loans and leases. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans and leases is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Pass: Loans and leases classified as pass are in compliance in all respects with the Bank’s credit policy and regulatory requirements, and do not exhibit any potential or defined weakness as defined under “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful/Loss”.

Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

 

150


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Substandard: Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful/Loss: Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Not-Rated: When accrual of income on a pool of purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans with common risk characteristics is appropriate in accordance with ASC 310-30, individual loans in those pools are not risk-rated. The credit criteria evaluated are FICO scores, loan-to-value, delinquency, and actual cash flows versus expected cash flows of the loan pools.

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans and leases.

 

151


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of December 31, 2013:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Not-Rated      Gross
Loans and
Leases
Receivables
 
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   $ 151,728       $ 2,321       $ 2,441       $ —         $ —         $ 156,490   

Green Loans (HELOC)—First Liens

     129,679         11,470         6,556         —           —           147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC)—Second Liens

     5,073         —           216         —           —           5,289   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     113         —           —           —           —           113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

   $ 286,593       $ 13,791       $ 9,213       $ —         $ —         $ 309,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 280,527       $ 1       $ 3,215       $ —         $ —         $ 283,743   

Real estate mortgage

     510,117         —           4,752         —           —           514,869   

Multi-family

     139,608         —           1,972         —           —           141,580   

SBA

     23,714         —           26         —           —           23,740   

Construction

     24,933         —           —           —           —           24,933   

Lease financing

     31,949         —           —           —           —           31,949   

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     640,701         6,350         20,475         —           —           667,526   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     108,745         108         33         2         —           108,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

   $ 1,760,294       $ 6,459       $ 30,473       $ 2       $ —         $ 1,797,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ 969       $ 3,059       $ —         $ —         $ 4,028   

Real estate mortgage

     10,148         —           4,866         —           —           15,014   

Multi-family

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

SBA

     844         605         2,239         —           —           3,688   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Lease financing

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     —           —           287         —           314,533         314,820   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           1,736         —           —           1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

   $ 10,992       $ 1,574       $ 12,187       $ —         $ 314,533       $ 339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,057,879       $ 21,824       $ 51,873       $ 2       $ 314,533       $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loan pools are not risk rated.

 

152


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of December 31, 2012:

 

    As of December 31, 2012  
    Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Not-Rated     Gross Loans
and Leases
Receivables
 
    (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  $ 154,417      $ 655      $ 6,695      $ —        $ —        $ 161,767   

Green Loans (HELOC) -First Liens

    184,970        7,140        6,610        —          —          198,720   

Green Loans (HELOC) -Second Liens

    7,659        —          —          —          —          7,659   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    114        —          —          —          —          114   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

  $ 347,160      $ 7,795      $ 13,305       $ —        $ —        $ 368,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ 73,579      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 73,579   

Real estate mortgage

    310,976        1,618        4,469        —          —          317,063   

Multi-family

    109,059        —          5,178        —          —          114,237   

SBA

    30,296        18        154        —          —          30,468   

Construction

    6,623        —          —          —          —          6,623   

Lease financing

    11,203        —          —          —          —          11,203   

Consumer:

              —     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    204,541        3,427        5,146        —          —          213,114   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    13,298        193        213        —          —          13,704   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

  $ 759,575      $ 5,256      $ 15,160      $ —        $ —        $ 779,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PCI loans:

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

  $ —        $ 189      $ 6,619      $ —        $ —        $ 6,808   

Real estate mortgage

    15,108        1,080        5,649        —          —          21,837   

Multi-family

    845        —          —          —          —          845   

SBA

    1,148        1,085        3,375        —          —          5,608   

Construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

    —          —          137        —          64,929        65,066   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

    —          —          56        —          —          56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

  $ 17,101      $ 2,354      $ 15,836      $ —        $ 64,929      $ 100,220   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,123,836      $ 15,405      $ 44,301      $ —        $ 64,929      $ 1,248,471   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PCI loan pools are not risk rated.

 

153


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans and Leases

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company purchased loans and leases for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality subsequent to origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of those loans and leases, which are sometimes collectively referred to as “PCI loans” as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 5,838       $ 4,028       $ 11,350       $ 6,808   

Real estate mortgage

     17,682         15,014         22,698         21,837   

Multi-family

     —           —           1,208         845   

SBA

     4,940         3,688         7,967         5,608   

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     414,341         314,820         108,428         65,066   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     2,134         1,736         110         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 444,935       $ 339,286       $ 151,761       $ 100,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of accretable yield, or income expected to be collected for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                     2012          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 32,206      $ —     

New loans or leases purchased

     155,416        36,000   

Accretion of income

     (19,177     (3,633

Changes in expected cash flows

     (17,358     —     

Disposals

     (24,751     (161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 126,336      $ 32,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents loans and leases purchased and acquired through business acquisitions at acquisition dates for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                      2012          
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,721       $ 12,542   

Real estate mortgage

     3,226         24,164   

Multi-family

     —           1,222   

SBA

     —           8,684   

Construction

     4,333         —     

Lease financing

     —           —     

Consumer:

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     473,942         115,207   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     844         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding Balance

   $ 485,066       $ 161,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisitions

     504,197         141,302   

Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition

     348,569         105,302   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million, respectively, at the respective acquisition dates. The Company determined that unpaid principal balance and fair value of $473.9 million and $342.1 million of these loans displayed evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected (2013 PCI Loans). During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of 2013 PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $131.4 million and $74.2 million, respectively. The total unpaid principal balances and carrying values of the 2013 PCI Loans as of December 31 were $326.0 million and $261.3 million, respectively.

 

155


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Purchases and Sales

The following table presents loans and leases purchased and/or sold by portfolio segment, excluding loans and leases acquired in business combinations and purchased credit-impaired loans and leases for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Purchases      Sales      Purchases      Sales  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Real estate mortgage

     —           —           1,400         —     

Multi-family

     —           —           17,274         —     

SBA

     —           2,507         —           7,116   

Construction

     —           —           —           —     

Lease financing

     7,850         —           11,772         —     

Consumer:

           

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

     507,736         186,140         —           70,438   

HELOC’s, home equity loans, and other consumer installment credit

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 515,586       $ 188,647       $ 30,446       $ 77,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company purchased the above loans and leases at a net discount of $43.4 million and 231 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the purchased loans and leases disclosed above, the Company did not incur any specific allowances for loan and lease losses during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company determined that it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would be collected.

During 2013, the Company also strategically transferred certain loans of $181.4 million, net of transfer of $1.4 million from allowance from loan and leases, from loans and leases held for investment to loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and sold them in pools, unlike the loans individually originated to be sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. Starting with the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company began originating these certain loans directly into the held for sale status.

 

156


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 6—PREMISES, EQUIPMENT, AND CAPITAL LEASES, NET

The following table presents the summary of premises and equipment, including capital leases that are included in equipment, as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Total Premises
and Equipment
    Capital Leases     Total Premises
and Equipment
    Capital Leases  
     (In thousands)  

Land

   $ 18,000      $ —        $ 1,187      $ —     

Building and improvement

     26,995        —          6,695        —     

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     22,583        3,207        10,845        532   

Leasehold improvements

     7,001        —          4,876        —     

Construction in process

     2,341        —          611        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     76,920        3,207        24,214        532   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,660     (498     (8,067     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 66,260      $ 2,709      $ 16,147      $ 483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased a certain improved real property office complex located at 1588 South Coast Drive, Costa Mesa, California (the Property) at a purchase price of approximately $40.0 million. The Property will be used for the Company’s main office in the future following the completion of certain renovation and construction.

On October 4, 2013, the Company completed the sale of eight branch locations to AmericanWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank. The transaction included net book values of $1.2 million of land and improvement, $1.2 million of buildings, $402 thousand of furniture, fixtures and equipment, and $348 thousand of leasehold improvement as of the transaction date.

The Company recognized depreciation expense of $4.3 million, $1.7 million and $650 thousand for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases. The lease arrangements require monthly payments through 2020.

The Company leases certain properties under operating leases. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 amounted to $7.6 million, $3.2 million and $608 thousand, respectively. Pursuant to the terms of non-cancelable lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2013 pertaining to banking premises and equipment, future minimum rent commitments under various operating leases are as follows, before considering renewal options that generally are present.

 

157


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the future commitments under operating leases and capital leases as of December 31, 2013:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and after      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Commitments under operating leases

   $ 8,984       $ 8,238       $ 6,692       $ 4,939       $ 6,745       $ 35,598   

Commitments under capital lease

     666         666         666         591         133         2,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,650       $ 8,904       $ 7,358       $ 5,530       $ 6,878       $ 38,320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 7—SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) from certain of its sales of residential mortgage loans. MSRs on residential mortgage loans are reported at fair value. Income earned by the Company on its MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs and third party subservicing costs. Prior to the acquisition of Gateway, the Company did not have any MSRs and prior to the acquisitions of Beach and Gateway, the Company did not have any SBA servicing rights. The Company retains servicing rights in connection with its SBA loan operations, which are measured using the amortization method.

Income earned from servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.0 million and $92 thousand, respectively. This amount is reported in loan servicing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents a composition of servicing rights as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

   $ 13,535       $ 1,739   

SBA servicing rights, at cost

     348         539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,883       $ 2,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Servicing retained sold mortgage loans are not reported as assets and are subserviced by a third party vendor. The unpaid principal balance of these loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.37 billion and $211.4 million, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were $5.9 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

158


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The following table presents the key characteristics, inputs and economic assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs as of dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     ($ in thousands)  

Fair value of retained MSRs

   $ 13,535      $ 1,739   

Decay (prepayment/default)

     15.40     25.19

Discount rate

     10.39     10.50

Constant prepayment rate

     10.28     13.86

Weighted-average life (in years)

     7.37        5.85   

The following table presents activity in the MSRs for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                     2012          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,739      $ —     

Acquired in business combinations

     —          1,534   

Additions

     11,463        441   

Prepayments

     (480     (69

Changes in fair value resulting from valuation inputs or assumptions

     1,360        (42

Other—loans paid off

     (547     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 13,535      $ 1,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SBA Servicing Rights

The Company used a discount rate of 7.25 percent to calculate the present value of cash flows and an estimated prepayment speed based on prepayment data available. Discount rates and prepayment speed are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as appropriate. The following table presents activity in the SBA servicing rights for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                     2012          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 539      $ —     

Acquired in business combinations

     —          557   

Additions

     32        171   

Amortization, including prepayments

     (223     (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 348      $ 539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There was no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for SBA servicing rights.

 

159


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company did not have any interest-only strip outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The following table presents activity in the interest-only strip for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                      2012          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ —         $ —     

Acquired in business combinations

     —           30   

Additions

     —           —     

Disposals

     —           (29

Amortization, including prepayments

     —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8—OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table presents the activity in other real estate owned for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 4,527      $ 14,692      $ 6,562   

Additions

    229        3,863        22,414   

Sales and net direct write-downs

    (6,825     (16,040     (13,582

Net change in valuation allowance

    2,069        2,012        (702
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $ —        $ 4,527      $ 14,692   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 2,069      $ 4,081      $ 3,379   

Additions

    97        703        4,843   

Net direct write-downs and removals upon sale

    (2,166     (2,715     (4,141
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $ —        $ 2,069      $ 4,081   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents expenses related to foreclosed assets included in loan servicing and foreclosure expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (In thousands)  

Net gain (loss) on sales

  $ 464      $ 464      $ (760

Operating expenses, net of rental income

    (362     (676     (1,176
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 102      $ (212   $ (1,936
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents loans provided for sales of other real estate owned, included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and deferred gain on real estate sold on contract, included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (In thousands)  

Loans provided for sales of other real estate owned sold on contract

  $ —        $ 914      $ 1,145   

Deferred gain on other real estate sold on contract

    —          10        50   

NOTE 9—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

At December 31, 2013, the Company had goodwill of $30.1 million related to the CS Financial, PBOC, and Beach acquisitions discussed above in Note 2, Business Combinations. The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     (In thousands)  

Goodwill balance at beginning of the year

   $ 7,048       $ —         $ —     

Goodwill acquired during the year

     23,095         7,048         —     

Impairment losses

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill balance at end of year

   $ 30,143       $ 7,048       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment losses at end of year

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company wrote off all remaining trade name intangible assets of Beach, Gateway and PBOC of $976 thousand due to the merger of the Company’s two banking subsidiaries into a single bank. The Company also wrote off a portion of core deposit intangibles on savings deposits acquired through Gateway acquisition of $85 thousand due to lower remaining deposit balances than forecasted.

 

161


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Core deposit intangibles are amortized over their useful lives ranging from 4 to 7 years. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average remaining amortization period for core deposit intangibles was approximately 6.2 years. The following table presents a summary of other intangible assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
Assets, Net
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

        

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Trade name

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Core deposit intangibles

     15,433         3,281         12,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 15,433       $ 3,281       $ 12,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

        

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Trade name

   $ 980       $ 28       $ 952   

Core deposit intangibles

     5,190         668         4,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 6,170       $ 696       $ 5,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization of intangible assets was $2.7 million and $696 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table presents estimated future amortization expenses as of December 31, 2013:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and after      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Estimated future amortization expense

   $ 3,487       $ 2,878       $ 2,275       $ 1,684       $ 1,828       $ 12,152   

NOTE 10—DEPOSITS

The following table presents the components of interest-bearing deposits as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Interest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 539,098       $ 15,111   

Money market accounts

     518,696         294,804   

Savings accounts

     963,536         159,055   

Time deposits under $100,000

     27,921         153,066   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     440,235         489,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,489,486       $ 1,111,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits increased $1.38 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase is mainly due to $325.8 million in interest-bearing deposits acquired through PBOC acquisition and $1.37 billion in deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-

 

162


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors in the Company’s target markets while reducing the reliance on time deposits, which also resulted in $174.6 million decrease in time deposits, partially offset by $438.3 million interest-bearing deposits sold through the branch sale transaction with AWB.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had brokered deposits of $350.0 million, which represented 9.7 percent of total assets. The Bank has an asset liability management policy that limits brokered deposit balances to no more than 45 percent of total assets, with an operating target of less than 20 percent of total assets.

The following table presents scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2013:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and after      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Time deposits under $100,000

   $ 20,650       $ 2,908       $ 2,938       $ 1,098       $ 327       $ 27,921   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     253,323         52,119         82,806         24,692         27,295         440,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 273,973       $ 55,027       $ 85,744       $ 25,790       $ 27,622       $ 468,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11—FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.73 percent. At December 31, 2013, $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent as of that date. At December 31, 2012, $63.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.28 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.47 percent and $12.0 million of Bank’s advances from the FHLB advances were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.28 percent. The following table presents contractual maturities by year of the Bank’s advances as of December 31, 2013:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and after      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Fixed rate

   $ 10,000       $ 15,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 25,000   

Variable rate

     225,000         —           —           —           —           225,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

   $ 235,000       $ 15,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 250,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances totaling $235.0 million matured in January 2014. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans of an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $740.1 million and $458.9 million, respectively, and the Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $14.4 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holding of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow additional $322.9 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $80.8 million at December 31, 2013.

 

163


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents financial data of FHLB advances as of the dates or for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
           2013                 2012                 2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Weighted-average interest rate at end of year

     0.13     0.44     1.79

Average interest rate during the year

     0.36     0.64     2.63

Average balance

   $ 74,712      $ 54,030      $ 39,918   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end

   $ 250,000      $ 100,000      $ 70,000   

Balance at end of the year

   $ 250,000      $ 75,000      $ 20,000   

NOTE 12—LONG TERM DEBT

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the Notes) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Base Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the Indenture), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Notes quarterly in arrears.

The Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

 

164


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES

The following table presents the components of income tax expense (benefit) for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      
     (In thousands)  

Current income taxes:

      

Federal

   $ (332   $ 34      $ (2,245

State

     19        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense (benefit)

     (313     34        (2,245

Deferred income taxes:

      

Federal

     2,646        (1,252     457   

State

     858        (356     163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     3,504        (1,608     620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

     4,069        1,689        1,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 7,260      $ 115      $ (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the recorded income tax expense (benefit) to the amount of taxes computed by applying the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate of 34 percent to income (loss) before income taxes for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
        2013             2012             2011      

Computed expected income expense (benefit) at Federal statutory rate

    34.0     34.0     -34.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

     

Book bargain purchase gain from Gateway acquisition

    —          -68.4     —     

Other permanent book-tax differences

    3.6     9.1     -16.2

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

    7.8     -3.8     3.6

Change in valuation allowance

    55.4     30.4     43.9

Other, net

    -1.9     0.8     -7.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

    98.9     2.1     -9.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had net income taxes receivable of $3.0 million and $5.5 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, on its consolidated balance sheet. The Company had available at December 31, 2013, $11.7 million of unused Federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income through 2033. The Company had available at December 31, 2013, $39.1 million of unused state net operating loss carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income through 2033. The Company had available at December 31, 2013, $1.7 million of unused federal income tax credits that may be applied to future income tax liabilities through 2033. Utilization of the net operating loss and other carryforwards are subject to annual limitations set forth in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The tax attributes acquired in the Beach Business Bank and Gateway Bancorp acquisitions are subject to an annual Section 382 limitation of $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

 

165


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the tax effects of temporary difference that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of the dates indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 15,138      $ 9,537      $ 5,260   

Investment in Partnership

     316        —          135   

Stock options and awards

     2,212        1,336        420   

Accrued expenses

     2,112        1,515        —     

OREO valuation allowance

     —          852        1,679   

Reserve for loss on repurchased loans

     2,433        1,421     

Federal NOL

     3,988        2,357        —     

State NOL

     4,235        2,314        945   

Federal Credits

     1,764        1,749        1,038   

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     662        —          —     

Other deferred tax assets

     1,509        1,453        1,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     34,369        22,534        10,929   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

     —          (1,219     (683

Derivative instruments adjustment

     (2,362     (736     —     

Investment in Partnership

     —          (6     —     

Mortgage servicing rights

     (6,070     (716     —     

FHLB stock dividends

     (609     (618     (567

Intangible amortization

     (5,460     (2,451     —     

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (2,525     (800     (707
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (17,026     (6,546     (1,957

Valuation allowance

     (17,343     (8,416     (1,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ 7,572      $ 7,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, and tax planning strategies. Based on this analysis, the Company determined that a full valuation allowance of $17.3 million against net deferred tax assets was required as of December 31, 2013. The reversal of the valuation allowance will be reduced by the federal tax effect on the Bank’s state deferred tax assets of approximately $2 million. The Company had recorded a valuation allowance of $8.4 million as of December 31, 2012. The increase in the valuation allowance against its federal and state deferred tax assets was due to current year losses, the acquisition of PBOC and its associated deferred tax assets, and the Company’s inability to project sufficient future taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013.

 

166


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25, which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.2 million and zero respectively. The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not result in a reduction of income tax expense.

In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the financial statements as income tax expense. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties.

The table below summaries the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning Balance

   $ —         $ —     

Increase related to prior year tax positions

     345         —     

Increase in current year tax positions

   $ 1,858         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 2,203       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

Banc of California, Inc. and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for tax years before 2010 and for all state tax years before 2009. Banc of California, Inc. and its subsidiaries are currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the 2010 and 2011 tax years. The consolidated returns for these years include Banc of California, Inc. and the Bank. The exam on Gateway Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries by IRS for the 2008 and 2009 tax years is also currently open. Based on this exam, the Company recognized an income tax receivable of $331 thousand related to an adjustment to the allowance for loan and lease losses proposed by IRS and agreed to by the Company.

NOTE 14—MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The Bank originates conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sells these loans in the secondary market. This activity is conducted in the name of the Bank with certain retail channels operating under different DBA or trade names such as Banc Home Loans and CS Financial. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the mortgage operations unit expanded its platform to include wholesale and warehouse lending and added 46 new producing loan production offices. The amount of net gain on mortgage banking activities is a function of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair value of these loans. Net gain on mortgage banking activities includes mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales contracts, initial capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) and loan origination fees.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank originated $1.94 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sold $1.86 billion of loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were

 

167


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

$58.0 million and 3.0 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $10.9 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the year ended December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Bank originated $518 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sold $477 million of loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $18.9 million and 3.7 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $441 thousand, on loans sold to Fannie Mae for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In addition to net gain on mortgage banking activities, the Company records provisions to the representation and warranty reserve representing our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases or loss reimbursements. Provision for loan repurchases totaled $2.4 million and $256 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2013                     2012          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,485      $ —     

Acquired in business combinations

     314        3,254   

Provision for loan repurchases

     2,383        256   

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans

     (755     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 5,427      $ 3,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 15—RISK MANAGEMENT AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company uses derivative instruments and other risk management techniques to reduce its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates in accordance with its risk management policies. The Company utilizes forward contracts and investor commitments to economically hedge mortgage banking products and may from time to time use interest rate swaps as hedges against certain liabilities.

On September 30, 2013, the Company entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest-rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps were $50.0 million with a maturity date of September 27, 2018. The fair values of the interest rate swaps were $226 thousand as of December 31, 2013.

The Company originates residential real estate mortgage loans and generates revenues from the origination and sale of these loans. Although management closely monitors market conditions, such activities are sensitive to

 

168


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and real estate markets. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 85.7 percent of all properties securing loans held for sale were located in California. A change in the underlying economic conditions of the California residential real estate market could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

In connection with mortgage banking activities, if interest rates increase, the value of the Company’s loan commitments to borrowers and fixed rate mortgage loans held-for-sale are adversely impacted. The Company attempts to economically hedge the risk of the overall change in the fair value of loan commitments to borrowers and mortgage loans held for sale by selling forward contracts on securities with government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) and investors in loans. Forward contracts on securities of GSEs and loan commitments to borrowers are non-designated derivative instruments and the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2013, the resulting derivative asset of $5.3 million and liability of none, are included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding forward sales commitments totaling $242.3 million. At December 31, 2013, the Company was committed to fund loans for borrowers of approximately $129.0 million.

The net losses relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management were $270 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, and are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of operations. Prior to the third quarter of 2012, the Company held no derivatives.

The following table presents the amount and market value of mortgage banking derivatives included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of the dates indicated. Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, contains further disclosures pertaining to the fair value of mortgage banking derivatives.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Notional
Amount
     Fair Value      Notional
Amount
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Included in assets:

           

Interest rate lock commitments

   $ 129,010       $ 3,962       $ 82,668       $ 2,102   

Mandatory forward commitments

     242,337         1,305         54,273         197   

Other assets (best efforts commitments)

     —           —           8,619         591   

Options

     —           —           —           —     

Interest rate swap

   $ 50,000       $ 226       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total included in assets

   $ 421,347       $ 5,493       $ 145,560       $ 2,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in liabilities:

           

Interest rate lock commitments

   $ —         $ —         $ 7,604       $ 71   

Mandatory forward commitments

     —           —           86,790         441   

Other liabilities (best efforts commitments)

     —           —           34,208         476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total included in liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 128,602       $ 988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 16—EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION

Share-based Compensation Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, share-based compensation expense was $2.9 million, $1.7 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company recognized any tax benefit (expense) of none, $(17) thousand and $143 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

On July 16, 2013, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the 2013 Omnibus Plan). Upon the approval of the 2013 Omnibus Plan, no new awards may be granted under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any prior equity incentive plans. The 2013 Omnibus Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock that may be subject to awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan will be 20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the Share Limit), provided that in no event will the Share Limit be less than the greater of 2,384,711 shares of Company common stock and the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock with respect to which awards have been properly granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan up to that point in time. As of December 31, 2013, the Share Limit and available shares for future awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan were 2,992,497 shares.

Unrecognized Share-based Compensation Expense

The following table presents unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Unrecognized
Expense
     Average Expected
Recognition Period
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Stock option awards

   $ 1,376         3.8 years   

Restricted stock awards

     11,143         3.7 years   
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 12,519         3.7 years   
  

 

 

    

Stock Options

The Company has issued stock options to certain employees, officers and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant, and generally have provided for a three-year to five-year vesting period and contractual terms of 7 to 10 years.

The weighted-average estimated fair value per share options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Granted date fair value of options granted

   $ 1,399       $ 634       $ 522   

Fair value of options vested

   $ 1,090       $ —         $ —     

Total intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 104       $ —         $ —     

Cash received from options exercised

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Weighted-average estimated fair value per share of options granted

   $ 3.52       $ 3.84       $ 3.52   

 

170


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Expected volatility was determined based on the historical monthly volatility of our stock price over a period equal to the expected term of the options granted. The expected term of the options represents the period that options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior associated with previous options grants. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted.

The following table presents a summary of weighted-average assumptions used for calculating fair value options for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
           2013                 2012                 2011        

Weighted-average assumptions

      

Dividend yield

     3.87     4.07     2.89

Expected volatility

     41.06     47.18     40.80

Expected term

     5.0 years        10.0 years        3.0 years   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.21     1.67     0.83

The following table presents stock option activity and weighted-average exercise price per share for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

    525,799      $ 12.16        918,569      $ 12.01        770,000      $ 11.42   

Granted

    389,569      $ 13.72        165,000      $ 11.54        148,569      $ 15.09   

Replacement awards issued

    22,581      $ 12.65        —          —          —          —     

Exercised

    (44,988   $ 12.00        —          —          —          —     

Forfeited

    (158,240   $ 13.41        (557,770   $ 11.80        —          —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of period

    734,721      $ 12.73        525,799      $ 12.16        918,569      $ 12.01   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Exercisable at end of period

    526,667      $ 12.00        259,131      $ 12.46        256,664      $ 11.42   

 

171


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents unvested stock option activities and weighted-average exercise price per share for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 

Non-vested outstanding at beginning of period

     266,668      $ 11.70         723,904      $ 12.17         770,000      $ 11.42   

Granted

     389,569      $ 13.72         165,000      $ 11.80         148,569      $ 15.09   

Vested

     (93,334   $ 11.68         (170,236   $ 13.26         (194,665   $ 11.45   

Forfeited

     (143,334   $ 12.95         (452,000   $ 11.90         —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Non-vested outstanding at end of period

     419,569      $ 13.16         266,668      $ 11.70         723,904      $ 12.17   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

The following table presents a summary of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

 

    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
    Number of
Shares
    Intrinsic
Value
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
    Number of
Shares
    Intrinsic
Value
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 

$11.36 to $12.00

    326,667      $ 618,467      $ 11.52        7.4 years        326,667      $ 618,467      $ 11.52        7.4 years   

$12.00 to $13.00

    75,000        87,750      $ 12.24        8.7 years        75,000        87,750      $ 12.24        8.7 years   

$13.00 to $13.41

    125,000        35,250      $ 13.13        9.5 years        125,000        35,250      $ 13.13        9.5 years   

$13.41 to $15.00

    167,162        —        $ 14.25        5.5 years        —          —        $ —          —     

$15.00 to $15.81

    40,892        —        $ 15.81        7.5 years        —          —        $ —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

    734,721      $ 741,467      $ 12.73        7.5 years        526,667      $ 741,467      $ 12.00        8.1 years   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company also has granted restricted stock awards to certain employees, officers and directors. The restricted stock awards are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The restricted stock awards fully vest after one to five years of continued employment from the date of grant. The Company recognizes an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock, generally when vested.

 

172


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents a summary of changes in the Company’s nonvested shares for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 

Non-vested shares outstanding at beginning of period

    163,682      $ 11.43        58,716      $ 13.28        33,878      $ 13.80   

Granted

    936,542      $ 13.82        224,943      $ 11.72        48,606      $ 11.84   

Vested

    (88,169   $ 11.98        (104,414   $ 12.45        (23,228   $ 10.81   

Forfeited

    (118,169   $ 12.70        (15,563   $ 15.81        (540   $ 22.23   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Non-vested shares outstanding at end of period

    893,886      $ 13.78        163,682      $ 11.43        58,716      $ 13.28   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Stock Appreciation Rights Plan

On August 21, 2012, the Company granted to its chief executive officer a ten-year stock appreciation right (SAR) with respect to 500,000 shares (Initial SAR) of the Company’s common stock with a base price of $12.12 per share. Compensation expense for the SAR is recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the grant date and adjusted each quarter. The SAR will be settled in cash. One third of the SAR vested on the grant date, one third vested on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-third will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date such that the SAR will be fully vested on the second anniversary of the grant date. On June 21, 2013, a SAR with respect to an additional 150,933 shares (Additional SAR I) with a base price of $13.00 per share was granted to the Company’s chief executive officer pursuant to the anti-dilutive provision under his SAR agreement with the Company due to the Company’s issuance on that date of shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering. On July 1, 2013, July 2, 2013 and December 10, 2013, SARs with respect to an additional 88,366, 15,275 and 70,877 shares (Additional SARs II, III and IV, respectively) with base prices of $13.49, $13.49 and $12.65 per share, respectively, were granted to the Company’s chief executive officer pursuant to his SAR agreement with the Company due to the Company’s issuances on those dates of shares of common stock in connection with the completion of the PBOC acquisition, the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Company’s public common stock offering initially completed on June 21, 2013 and the private placement in accordance with a Securities Purchase Agreement executed on December 3, 2013. The Additional SARs have the same terms and conditions as the Initial SAR granted pursuant to the SAR agreement.

The weighted-average grant date fair values were $3.58, $1.92, and $2.93 for initial SAR, Additional SARs, and total SARs, respectively. On December 13, 2013, the Company converted all outstanding SARs to stock options with the same terms absent an ability to settle in cash. The weighted-average fair value of the total SARs was $2.28 per share on the conversion date and the Company transferred $1.4 million of total recognized fair value from liability to additional paid in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized the SAR related compensation expense of $1.1 million, compared to $687 thousand for the year

 

173


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

ended December 31, 2012. The following table presents a summary of assumptions used to calculate fair values of the stock options that were previously SARs as of December 13, 2013:

 

     As of
December 13, 2013
 

SARs granted

     825,451   

Weighted average estimated fair value per share of SARs granted

   $ 12.48   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.56

Expected term

     2.6 years   

Expected stock price volatility

     29.43

Dividend yield

     3.73

NOTE 17—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a 401(k) plan whereby all employees, with the exception of Beach employees discussed below, can participate in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 100 percent of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company makes an enhanced safe-harbor matching contribution that equals to 100 percent of the first 4 percent of the employee’s deferral rate not to exceed 4 percent of the employee’s compensation. The safe-harbor matching contribution is fully vested by the participant when made.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 expense attributable to both of the 401(k) plans amounted to $1.7 million, $709 thousand and $170 thousand, respectively.

The Company has adopted a Deferred Compensation Plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of this plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Participants may elect to defer compensation, which accrues interest quarterly at the prime rate as reflected in The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the prior quarter. The Company does not make contributions to the Plan.

Employee Equity Ownership Plan

The Company established the Employee Equity Ownership Plan (EEOP) effective October 15, 2013 for the benefit of employees. The EEOP is administered under the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and the awards thereunder are issued upon the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions of the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. The EEOP provides that employees eligible to receive awards under the EEOP are any employees with titles below Assistant Vice President or any employees who are not otherwise given shares pursuant to any other Company-sponsored equity program. The Company issued 157,100 shares of restricted stock awards under the EEOP in 2013.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company maintained the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) for the benefit of its employees. The Company issued 423,200 shares of common stock to the ESOP in exchange for a ten-year note in the amount of approximately $5.1 million. The $5.1 million for the ESOP purchase was borrowed from the Company. The ESOP was terminated effective December 2011 and was completely distributed in October 2013. The ten-year note was paid in full at December 31, 2011.

 

174


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Shares issued to the ESOP were allocated to ESOP participants based on principal repayments made by the ESOP on the loan from the Company. The loan was secured by shares purchased with the loan proceeds and was repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Company’s contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets. Principal payments were scheduled to occur over a ten-year period. Dividends on allocated and/or unearned shares first reduced accrued interest and secondly principal.

During 2011 and 2010, 42,320 shares of stock with an average fair value of $14.29 and $10.75 per share were committed to be released, resulting in ESOP compensation expense of $605 thousand and $455 thousand, respectively, for each year. As of December 31, 2012, the remaining shares committed to be released were fully allocated to participants. There was no ESOP compensation expense recorded during 2012. During 2011 and 2010, 1,861, and 144 shares were forfeited, respectively. There were no shares forfeited during 2012. Per the terms of the ESOP plan, the forfeited shares were sold out of the plan and the proceeds were used to reduce the Company’s contribution resulting in a reduction of compensation expense. The ESOP was completely liquidated in October 2013.

NOTE 18—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Warrants

On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable from the date of issuance through November 1, 2015. On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable at the time of issuance based upon the additional shares issued and the anti-dilutive provisions set in the agreement and became fully exercisable at the time the anti-dilutive occurred. These warrants are exercisable for five years after the original vesting date. The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely disbursed offering or in other limited circumstances.

On July 1, 2012, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Beach, the Company issued one-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,401,959 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share. All of the warrants expired on June 30, 2013 without being exercised. See Note 2, Business Combinations.

Common Stock

On June 21, 2013, the Company issued 2,268,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering for gross proceeds of approximately $29.5 million and 1,153,846 shares of voting common stock to two institutional investors in a registered direct offering for gross proceeds of approximately $15 million. On July 2, 2013, the Company issued an additional 360,000 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $4.4 million. On December 10, 2013, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 1,509,450 shares of common stock to Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. at $13.25 per share, in exchange for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $20 million.

 

175


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Perpetual Preferred Stock

On June 12, 2013, in an underwritten public offering, the Company sold 1,400,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, at an offering price of $25.00 per depositary share, for gross proceeds of $33.9 million. The Company also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 210,000 depositary shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price, for potential additional gross proceeds of $5.1 million, which the underwriters exercised in full on July 8, 2013.

As discussed under Note 2, Business Combinations and Branch Sales, on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of PBOC. Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share), designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income includes unrealized gain (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities and unrealized gain on cash flow hedge. Changes to other accumulated other comprehensive income are presented net of tax effect as a component of equity. Reclassification from accumulated comprehensive income are recorded on the statements of operations either as a gain or loss.

 

176


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents changes to accumulate other comprehensive income by components are presented in the following tables for the periods indicated:

 

     Unrealized
 Gain (Losses) 
on AFS
Securities
     Cash Flow 
Hedge
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 2,599      $ —         $ 2,599   

Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period

     (3,123     —           (3,123

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

     (2,888     —           (2,888

Tax effect of current period changes

     2,473        —           2,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes

     (3,538     —           (3,538
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ (939   $ —         $ (939

Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period

     2,253        —           2,253   

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

     83        —           83   

Tax effect of current period changes

     —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes

     2,336        —           2,336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,397      $ —         $ 1,397   

Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period

     (1,892     226         (1,666

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

     (331     —           (331

Tax effect of current period changes

     —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes

     (2,223     226         (1,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (826   $ 226       $ (600
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 19—REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Management believes as of December 31, 2013, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. With respect to the Bank, prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2013, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

177


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table presents the capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and for the Company, the Bank (then known as Pacific Trust Bank), and PBOC (then known as Beach Business Bank) as of December 31, 2012

 

     Amount     Minimum Capital
Requirements
    Minimum Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio       Amount          Ratio         Amount          Ratio    
     ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 307,457         12.45   $ 197,503         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     281,786         11.41     98,752         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     281,786         8.02     140,463         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Banc of California, NA

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 360,634         14.65   $ 196,998         8.00   $ 246,247         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     334,963         13.60     98,499         4.00   $ 147,748         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     334,963         9.58     139,874         4.00   $ 174,842         5.00

December 31, 2012:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 184,439         15.50   $ 95,170         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     169,498         14.25     47,585         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     169,498         10.15     66,786         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Pacific Trust Bank

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 163,647         17.59   $ 74,410         8.00   $ 93,012         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     151,948         16.34     37,205         4.00     55,807         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     151,948         11.16     54,485         4.00     68,106         5.00

Beach Business Bank

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 36,886         15.09   $ 19,551         8.00   $ 24,439         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     35,983         14.72     9,776         4.00     14,664         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     35,983         11.96     12,036         4.00     15,045         5.00

Federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. In order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies currently require depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require depository institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators approved a final rule to implement the revised capital adequacy standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant

 

178


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The final rule strengthens the definition of regulatory capital, increases risk-based capital requirements, makes selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and adjusts the prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and the Bank will become subject to the new rule on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions of the new rule will be phased in over the period of 2015 through 2019.

The final rule:

 

   

Permits banking organizations that had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock that were issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, excluding any non-qualifying capital instruments and after all regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been applied to Tier 1 capital.

 

   

Establishes new qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including new limitations on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing rights.

 

   

Requires a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent .

 

   

Increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent.

 

   

Retains the minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement of 8 percent.

 

   

Establishes a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4 percent.

 

   

Retains the existing regulatory capital framework for one-to-four family residential mortgage exposures.

 

   

Permits banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches rule, such as the Company and the Bank, to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for most accumulated other comprehensive income, such that unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale will not affect regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

 

   

Implements a new capital conservation buffer requirement for a banking organization to maintain a common equity capital ratio more than 2.5 percent above the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and will be fully phased in at 2.50 percent by January 1, 2019. A banking organization with a buffer of less than the required amount would be subject to increasingly stringent limitations on such distributions and payments as the buffer approaches zero. The new rule also generally prohibits a banking organization from making such distributions or payments during any quarter if its eligible retained income is negative and its capital conservation buffer ratio was 2.5 percent or less at the end of the previous quarter. The eligible retained income of a banking organization is defined as its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, based on the organization’s quarterly regulatory reports, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.

 

   

Increases capital requirements for past-due loans, high volatility commercial real estate exposures, and certain short-term commitments and securitization exposures.

 

179


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

Expands the recognition of collateral and guarantors in determining risk-weighted assets.

 

   

Removes references to credit ratings consistent with the Dodd Frank Act and establishes due diligence requirements for securitization exposures.

The Company’s management is currently evaluating the provisions of the final rule and their expected impact on the Company.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Federal banking laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Under these regulations, in the case of the Bank, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to the capital requirements described above. For the year of 2013, the Bank had $3.3 million plus any net profits generated in 2013 available to pay dividends to the Company.

 

180


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 20—EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share were computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the outstanding stock options, restricted stock awards, and warrants to purchase common stock. The following table presents computations for basic and diluted earnings (loss) available to common shareholders per common share for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total     Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total     Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total  
    ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Basic:

                 

Net (loss) income

  $ 75      $ 4      $ 79      $ 5,442      $ 554      $ 5,996      $ (2,461   $ (267   $ (2,728

Less: preferred stock dividends

    2,070        115        2,185        1,234        125        1,359        482        52        534   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

  $ (1,995   $ (111   $ (2,106   $ 4,208      $ 429      $ 4,637      $ (2,943   $ (319   $ (3,262
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    14,481,060        805,774        15,286,834        10,622,577        1,080,754        11,703,331        9,605,006        1,041,505        10,646,511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share

  $ (0.14   $ (0.14   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ 0.40      $ 0.40      $ (0.31   $ (0.31   $ (0.31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

                 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

  $ (1,995   $ (111   $ (2,106   $ 4,208      $ 429      $ 4,637      $ (2,943   $ (319   $ (3,262

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic (loss) earnings per common share

    14,481,060        805,774        15,286,834        10,622,577        1,080,754        11,703,331        9,605,006        1,041,505        10,646,511   

Add: Dilutive effects of stock awards

    —          —          —          9,176        —          9,176        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive common shares

    14,481,060        805,774        15,286,834        10,631,753        1,080,754        11,712,507        9,605,006        1,041,505        10,646,511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share

  $ (0.14   $ (0.14   $ (0.14   $ 0.40      $ 0.40      $ 0.40      $ (0.31   $ (0.31   $ (0.31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

181


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

There was a total of 1,560,172, 410,476 and 918,569 stock options and stock awards and 1,635,000, 3,036,959 and 1,635,000 warrants that were not considered in computing diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.

NOTE 21—LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The following table presents contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk for the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Fixed Rate      Variable Rate  
     (In thousands)  

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk

           

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 35,425       $ 61,613       $ 52,883       $ 21,317   

Unused lines of credit

     3,403         268,669         4,021         84,036   

Standby letters of credit

     10         6,289         10         1,396   

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had total commitments to sell loans of $185.6 million. Total commitments outstanding for the loans held for sale portfolio and IRLCs were $177.3 million and $10.8 million, respectively. For the loans held for sale commitments, $161.4 million and $15.9 million were mandatory commitments and best efforts commitments, respectively. Generally speaking, best efforts commitments do not have a financial penalty for non-delivery. As of December 31, 2013, the IRLCs commitments consisted of $10.8 million best efforts commitments and $132.5 million of mandatory commitments.

NOTE 22—SEGMENT REPORTING

Through the branch network and lending offices, the Company provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies located primarily in Southern California. These services include demand, time and savings deposits; and commercial and industrial, real estate and consumer lending. The Company also provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties with respect to the purchase, sale and management of portfolios of residential mortgage loans. While our chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of our various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, we consider all of our operations to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

182


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 23—PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The parent company only condensed statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related condensed statements of operations and condensed statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are presented below:

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,220       $ 59,306   

FHLB and other bank stock

     78         78   

Loans and leases receivable

     6,043         —     

Other assets

     7,385         9,988   

Investment in bank subsidiaries

     378,005         207,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 416,731       $ 277,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Notes payable, net

     82,320         81,935   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     9,542         6,592   

Shareholders’ equity

     324,869         188,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 416,731       $ 277,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Income

      

Dividends from subsidiary

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Interest income on loans

     159        —          —     

Interest income on ESOP loan

     —          —          28   

Interest income on deposits in other financial institutions

     —          104        130   

Interest income on securities

     —          —          360   

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities available-for-sale

     —          —          (629

Other operating income

     5        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     164        104        (111

Expenses

      

Interest expense for notes payable

     6,941        2,162        —     

Other operating expense

     14,015        8,010        2,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     20,956        10,172        2,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     (20,792     (10,068     (3,036

Income tax expense (benefit)

     20        (458     309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     (20,812     (9,610     (3,345

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     20,891        15,606        617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 79      $ 5,996      $ (2,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 79      $ 5,996      $ (2,728

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     (20,891     (15,606     (617

Stock option compensation expense

     121        148        —     

Stock award compensation expense

     806        75        —     

Stock appreciation right expense

     1,072        1,039        412   

Amortization of debt

     385        135        —     

Net accretion of securities

     —          —          (104

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities available-for-sale

     —          —          629   

Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned

     —          —          300   

Net change in other assets and liabilities

     8,601        3,725        (14,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (9,827     (4,488     (17,008

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Loan purchases from bank and principal collections, net

     (6,043     —          —     

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale

     —          1,813        2,662   

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

     —          —          12,518   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     —          —          (17,525

Capital contribution to bank subsidiary

     (81,000     (4,750     (28,800

Capital contribution to non-bank subsidiary

     (100     —          —     

Investment in acquired business

     (29,465     (53,182     —     

Proceeds from ESOP loan payments

     —          —          507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (116,608     (56,119     (30,638

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net proceeds from debt issuance

     —          81,800        —     

Redemption/issuance of warrants

     —          —          (1,003

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     67,792        —          26,542   

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     37,943        (7     31,935   

Purchase of treasury stock

     (5,005     (565     (55

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     540        —          —     

Tax effect of ESOP

     —          —          256   

Tax effect of options redeemed

     —          —          147   

Tax benefit (expense) from restricted stock vesting

     —          (17     —     

Dividends paid on common stock

     (6,736     (4,656     (2,978

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (2,185     (1,359     (534
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     92,349        75,196        54,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (34,086     14,589        6,664   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     59,306        44,717        38,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 25,220      $ 59,306      $ 44,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

185


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 24—QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following table presents the unaudited quarterly results for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended,  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

2013:

        

Interest income

   $ 19,168      $ 26,741      $ 33,846      $ 40,756   

Interest expense

     3,809        5,116        6,903        7,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     15,359        21,625        26,943        33,302   

Provision for loan losses

     2,168        1,918        2,109        1,768   

Noninterest income

     17,928        26,072        18,226        34,517   

Noninterest expense

     29,558        39,594        52,304        57,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax

     1,561        6,185        (9,244     8,837   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     632        1,822        (710     5,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     929        4,363        (8,534     3,321   

Dividends on preferred stock

     288        —          946        951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ 641      $ 4,363      $ (9,480   $ 2,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ 0.05      $ 0.36      $ (0.53   $ 0.13   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ 0.05      $ 0.36      $ (0.53   $ 0.12   

Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ 0.05      $ 0.36      $ (0.53   $ 0.13   

Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ 0.05      $ 0.36      $ (0.53   $ 0.13   

2012:

        

Interest income

   $ 10,325      $ 10,378      $ 16,722      $ 17,606   

Interest expense

     1,449        1,947        2,314        2,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     8,876        8,431        14,408        14,837   

Provision for loan losses

     691        279        1,031        3,499   

Noninterest income

     503        639        19,512        15,965   

Noninterest expense

     8,218        9,943        24,456        28,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax

     470        (1,152     8,433        (1,640

Income tax expense (benefit)

     93        (413     (1,110     1,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     377        (739     9,543        (3,185

Dividends on preferred stock

     400        314        328        317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ (23   $ (1,053   $ 9,215      $ (3,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ —        $ (0.09   $ 0.79      $ (0.30

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ —        $ (0.09   $ 0.79      $ (0.30

Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ —        $ (0.09   $ 0.79      $ (0.30

Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share

   $ —        $ (0.09   $ 0.79      $ (0.30

 

186


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 25—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests. Such loans amounted to $748 thousand and $9 thousand at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests amounted to $10.5 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Transactions Involving Steven A. Sugarman. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with or relatives of Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Palisades Lease Payment Reimbursements. The Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades Group, LLC (Palisades) on September 16, 2013, at which time Palisades occupied (and continues to occupy) premises in Santa Monica, California leased by COR Securities Holding, Inc. (CORSHI), of which Mr. Sugarman is the Chief Executive Officer as well as a shareholder (both directly and indirectly). In light of the benefit received by Palisades of its occupancy of the Santa Monica premises, the non-interested directors of the Company’s Board ratified reimbursement to CORSHI for rental payments made for the Santa Monica premises for the period commencing September 16, 2013 through the last date Palisades occupies the premises. Palisades is negotiating with an unaffiliated third party a lease for new premises and plans to vacate the Santa Monica premises on May 3, 2014.

If Palisades continues to occupy the Santa Monica premises through May 3, 2014 then the aggregate rent payments under the lease to be reimbursed to CORSHI from September 16, 2013 through May 3, 2014 will be $87,753. This aggregate amount is comprised of (i) $5,661, the pro-rated base rent amount for the partial month of September 2013; (ii) $11,324 per month in base rent for the months of October and November 2013, and (iii) $11,663 per month in base rent for the month of December 2013 and the months of January through April 2014; and (iv) $1,129 for the partial month of May 2014. The continued reimbursement costs are being monitored by the Board’s Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

In addition to the rental payments, the Company reimbursed CORSHI relating to a security deposit amount for the premises of $33,844. All or a portion of the security deposit will be reimbursed to the Company subsequent to the Palisades relocation, with the actual amount to be determined based on the review and recommendation made by the Board’s Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Palisades Consulting Agreement. As discussed above, the Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades on September 16, 2013. Effective July 1, 2013, Palisades entered into a consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman, Mr. Sugarman’s brother. Jason Sugarman provides advisory services to financial institutions and other institutional clients related to investments in residential mortgages, real estate and real estate related assets and Palisades entered into the agreement with Jason Sugarman to provide these types of consulting services. The consulting agreement is for a term of 5 years, with a minimum payment of $30,000 owed at the end of each quarter for consulting services Jason Sugarman has provided Palisades. There is also the potential for additional bonus payments based on the nature of work performed and the financial results of Palisades. The aggregate amount of identified payments that will be paid by Palisades to Jason Sugarman under the five-year term of the consulting agreement will exceed $600,000. The $600,000 is the minimum amount owed but does not include any bonuses that may be earned under the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the payments to Jason Sugarman under the consulting agreement totaled $120,662. The consulting agreement may be terminated

 

187


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

at any time by ether Palisades or Jason Sugarman upon 30 days prior written notice. The consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman was reviewed as a related party transaction and approved by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and approved by the disinterested directors of the Board.

CS Financial Acquisition. Certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman received benefits as part of the CS Financial acquisition described in detail below under “—Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold.”

Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey T. Seabold, who currently is employed as the Bank’s Managing Director, Chief Lending Officer and previously served as a director of the Company and the Bank.

CS Financial Acquisition. Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by Jeffrey T. Seabold and in which certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman also own certain minority, non-controlling interests. The following is a description of the transaction.

CS Financial Service Agreement. On December 27, 2012, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with CS Financial. On December 27, 2012, Mr. Seabold was then a member of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank. Under the Services Agreement, CS Financial agreed to provide the Bank such reasonably requested financial analysis, management consulting, knowledge sharing, training services and general advisory services as the Bank and CS Financial mutually agreed upon with respect to the Bank’s residential mortgage lending business, including strategic plans and business objectives, compliance function, monitoring, reporting and related systems, and policies and procedures, at a monthly fee of $100,000. The Services Agreement was recommended by disinterested members of management of the Bank and negotiated and approved by special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank (the Special Committees), comprised exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of the Boards. Each of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company also considered and approved the Services Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Special Committees.

On May 13, 2013, the Bank hired Mr. Seabold as Managing Director and Chief Lending Officer. The Bank entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Seabold (the Employment Agreement). Simultaneously, the Bank terminated, with immediate effect, its Services Agreement with CS Financial. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total compensation paid to CS Financial under the Services Agreement was to $439,000.

Option to Acquire CS Financial. Under the Employment Agreement, Mr. Seabold granted to the Company and the Bank an option (the CS Call Option), to acquire CS Financial for a purchase price of $10 million, payable pursuant to the terms provided under the Employment Agreement. Based upon the recommendation of the Special Committees, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors and consultants, the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank, with Mr. Sugarman recusing himself from the discussions and vote due to previously disclosed conflicts of interest, approved the recommendation of the Special Committees and, pursuant to a letter dated July 29, 2013, the Company indicated that the CS Call Option was being exercised by the Bank, subject to the negotiation and execution of definitive transaction documentation consistent with the applicable provisions of the Employment Agreement and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

188


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Merger Agreement. After exercise of the CS Call Option as described above, the Company and the Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with CS Financial, the stockholders of CS Financial (the “Sellers”) and Mr. Seabold, as the Sellers’ Representative and completed its acquisition of CS Financial on October 31, 2013.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, which was approved by the Board of Directors of each of the Company, the Bank and CS Financial, at the effective time of the Merger, the outstanding shares of common stock of CS Financial was converted into the right to receive in the aggregate: (1) upon the closing of the Merger, (a) 173,791 shares (the Closing Date Shares) of voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Company Common Stock”), and (b) $1,500,000 in cash and $3,150,000 in the form of a noninterest-bearing note issued by the Company to Mr. Seabold that was due and paid by the Company on January 2, 2014; and (2) upon the achievement of certain performance targets by the Bank’s Lending Division following the closing of the Merger that are set forth in the Merger Agreement, up to 92,781 shares (the Performance Shares) of Company Common Stock ((1) and (2), together, the “Merger Consideration”).

Seller Stock Consideration. The Sellers under the Merger Agreement included Mr. Seabold, and the following relatives of Mr. Sugarman: Jason Sugarman (brother), Elizabeth Sugarman (sister-in-law), and Michael Sugarman (father), who each owned minority, non-controlling interests in CS Financial.

Upon the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the aggregate shares of Company Common Stock issued as the consideration to the Sellers was 173,791 shares, which was allocated by the Sellers and issued as follows: (i) 103,663 shares to Mr. Seabold, (ii) 16,140 shares to Jason Sugarman, (iii) 16,140 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman, (iv) 3,228 shares to Michael Sugarman, and (v) 34,620 shares to certain employees of CS Financial. Of the 103,663 shares to be issued to Mr. Seabold, as allowed under the Merger Agreement and in consideration of repayment of a certain debt incurred by CS Financial owed to an entity controlled by Elizabeth Sugarman, Mr. Seabold requested the Company to issue all 103,663 shares directly to Elizabeth Sugarman, and such shares were so issued by the Company to Elizabeth Sugarman.

Approval of the CS Call Option, Merger Agreement and Merger. All decisions and actions with respect to the exercise of the CS Agreement Option, the Merger Agreement and the Merger (including without limitation the determination of the Merger Consideration and the other material terms of the Merger Agreement) fall under the purview and authority of special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank, which are each composed exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of such Boards of Directors, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors. Mr. Sugarman abstained from the vote of each of the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger.

Transaction With TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P., a Greater than 5 percent Shareholder. TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. (TCW) initially became a holder of the Company’s voting common stock (Voting Common Stock) and non-voting common stock (Non-Voting Common Stock) as a lead investor in the November 2010 recapitalization of the Company (the Recapitalization). In connection with its investment in the Recapitalization, TCW also was issued by the Company an immediately exercisable five-year warrant (the TCW Warrant) to purchase 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock or, to the extent provided therein, shares of Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock. TCW was issued shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in the Recapitalization because at that time, a controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, the investment manager to TCW, was held by a foreign banking organization, and in order to prevent TCW from being

 

189


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

considered a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the number of shares of Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization had to be limited to 4.99 percent of the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding immediately following the Recapitalization. For the same reason, the TCW Warrant could be exercised by TCW for Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock only to the extent TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock at the time of exercise would be less than 4.99 percent as a result of dilution occurring from additional issuances of Voting Common Stock subsequent to the Recapitalization.

In 2013, the foreign banking organization sold its controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, eliminating the need to limit TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock to 4.99 percent. As a result, on May 29, 2013, the Company and TCW entered into a Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated May 29, 2013 (the “Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to which TCW may from time to time exchange its shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for shares of Voting Common Stock issued by the Company on a share-for-share basis, provided that immediately following any such exchange, TCW’s percentage ownership of Voting Common Stock does not exceed 9.99 percent. The shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that may be exchanged by TCW pursuant to the Exchange Agreement include the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization, the additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock TCW acquired subsequent to the Recapitalization (and may in the future acquire) pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and any additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that TCW acquires pursuant to its exercise of the TCW Warrant.

On June 3, 2013, TCW exchanged 550,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for the same number of shares of Voting Common Stock. As a result of that exchange and based on a Schedule 13-F and 13-G TCW filed with the SEC during the first quarter of 2014, the Company believes that as of December 31, 2013 TCW held 1,078,250 shares of Voting Common Stock and 466,830 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, plus the TCW Warrant under which up to 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued upon exercise and may therafter be exchanged for shares of Voting Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

NOTE 26—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 17, 2014, Banc of California, Inc. became a financial holding company. A financial holding company may engage in activities permissible for bank holding companies and may engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature, primarily securities, insurance and merchant banking activities.

On January 31, 2014, the Company completed an acquisition of certain assets, including service contracts and intellectual property, of RenovationReady®, a provider of specialized loan services to financial institutions and mortgage bankers that originate agency eligible residential renovation and construction loan products.

On March 3, 2014, Lonny D. Robinson tendered his resignation as Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, effective March 18, 2014. There were no disagreements between the Company and Mr. Robinson on accounting matters. Concurrently with Mr. Robinson’s resignation, the Board of Directors of the Company has appointed Ronald J. Nicolas, who currently serves, and will continue to serve, as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, and Nathan Duda, who currently serves as Senior Vice President of Finance of the Bank, as Chief Accounting Officer of the Company. These appointments will take effect on March 18, 2014.

 

190


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial data included herein. There have been no subsequent events other than the above mentioned that occurred during such period that would require disclosure in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or would be required to be recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013.

 

191


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013 and have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework (1992) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm. KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

192


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Banc of California, Inc.:

We have audited Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Banc of California, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and our report dated March 17, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP
KPMG LLP

Irvine, California

March 17, 2014

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

193


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers. The information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Audit Committee Financial Expert. Information concerning the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors required by this item, including information regarding the audit committee financial experts serving on the audit committee, is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, except for information contained under the heading “Report of the Audit Committee,” a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Code of Ethics. The Company adopted a written Code of Ethics based upon the standards set forth under Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act. The Code of Ethics applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics was filed with the SEC as Exhibit 14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. You may obtain a copy of the Code of Ethics free of charge from the Company by writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, 18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California 92612 or by calling (949 263-5211. These documents are also available in the corporate governance section of the Company’s website at www.firstpactrustbancorp.com.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance. The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by directors, officers and ten percent stockholders of the Company required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Nomination Procedures. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information concerning compensation and other matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, except for information contained under the headings “Compensation Committee report on Executive Compensation” a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

 

194


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Number of Securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     1,560,172       $ 12.61         2,992,497 (1) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —         $ —           —     

 

(1) The 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock that may be subject to awards under the 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan will be 20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the Share Limit), provided that in no event will the Share Limit be less than the greater of 2,384,711 shares of Company common stock and the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock with respect to which awards have been properly granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan up to that point in time.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of such will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

 

195


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements: See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable.
(a)(3) Exhibits

 

    2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among Banc of California, Inc., (f/k/a First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.) (sometimes referred to below as the “Registrant” or the “Company”), Gateway Bancorp, Inc. (“Gateway”), each of the stockholders of Gateway and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a)   
    2.1A    Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 2011, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among The Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a)(1)   
    2.2B    Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 24, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a)(2)   
    2.2C    Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
     (a)(3)   
    2.2D    Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 31, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
     (a)(4)   
    2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Beach Business Bank, as amended by Amendment No. 1thereto dated as of October 31, 2011      (b)   
    2.4   

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among First

PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California

     (c)   
    2.5    Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2013, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California      (dd)   
    2.6    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 25, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Banc of California, National Association, CS Financial, Inc., the Sellers named therein and the Sellers’ Representative named therein      (ee)   
    3.1    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant      (d)   
    3.2    Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant      (e)   
    3.3    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A      (f)   
    3.4    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock      (g)   

 

196


Table of Contents
    3.5    Articles of Amendment to Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock      (h)   
    3.6    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C      (u)   
    3.7    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B      (v)   
    3.8    Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant changing the Registrant’s name      (w)   
    3.9    Bylaws of the Registrant      (u)   
    4.1    Warrant to purchase up to 240,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010      (g)   
    4.2    Warrant to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010      (g)   
    4.3    Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee      (q)   
    4.4    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant’s 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 and form of 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020      (q)   
    4.5A    Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2012 (the “Warrant Agreement”), by and between the Registrant and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Warrant Agent      (i)   
    4.5B    Form of Warrant Certificate (included as Exhibit A to the Warrant Agreement filed as
Exhibit 4.5A)
     (i)   
    4.6    Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, among the Registrant, Registrar and Transfer Company, as Depositary and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein      (u)   
  10.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010, between the Registrant and
Gregory A. Mitchell (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Mitchell pursuant to his Employment Agreement)
     (g)   
  10.1A    Separation and Settlement Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Gregory A. Mitchell      (j)   
  10.2    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2010, by and among the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank and Richard Herrin (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Herrin pursuant to his Employment Agreement)      (k)   
  10.2A    Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin      (l)   
  10.2B    Second Amendment, dated as of September 25, 2012, to Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin      (l)   
  10.3    Reserved   
  10.4    Employment Agreement with Gaylin Anderson (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Anderson pursuant to his Employment Agreement)      (m)   

 

197


Table of Contents
  10.4A    Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Gaylin Anderson      (l)   
  10.4B    Second Amendment, dated as of September 25, 2012, to Employment Agreement with Gaylin Anderson      (l)   
  10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank and Chang Liu (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Liu pursuant to his Employment Agreement)      (m)   
  10.5A    Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Chang Liu      (l)   
  10.5B    Second Amendment, dated as of September 25, 2012, to Employment Agreement with Chang Liu      (l)   
  10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2011, by and among the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank and Marangal I. Domingo (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to
Mr. Domingo pursuant to his Employment Agreement)
     (n)   
  10.6A    Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Marangal I. Domingo      (l)   
  10.6B    Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 26, 2012, between and among Marangal I. Domingo, the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank      (s)   
  10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman      (l)   
  10.7A    Stock Appreciation Right Grant to Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012      (l)   
  10.8    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Pacific Trust Bank and Beach Business Bank and Robert M. Franko      (l)   
  10.8A    Mutual Termination and Release Letter Agreement, dated September 25, 2012, relating to Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2003, between Doctors Bancorp, predecessor-in-interest to Beach Business Bank, and Robert M. Franko      (l)   
  10.9A    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among the Registrant and John C. Grosvenor      (l)   
  10.9B    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.      (l)   
  10.9C    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Lonny D. Robinson      (l)   
  10.9D    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Hugh F. Boyle      (gg)   
  10.10    Registrant’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (o)   
  10.10A    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (r)   
  10.10B    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (r)   
  10.10C    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (r)   
  10.11    Registrant’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan      (p)   

 

198


Table of Contents
  10.12    Registrant’s 2003 Recognition and Retention Plan      (p)   
  10.13    Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 30, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Treasury      (f)   
  10.4    Management Services Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and between CS Financial, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank      (t)   
  10.15    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Pacific Trust Bank and Jeffrey Seabold      (ff)   
  10.16    Registrant’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (x)   
  10.17    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (y)   
  10.18    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (y)   
  10.19    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (y)   
  10.19A    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      10.19A   
  10.19B    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employee Equity Ownership Program under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      10.19B   
  10.20    Agreement to Assume Liabilities and to Acquire Assets of Branch Banking Offices, dated as of May 31, 2013, between Pacific Trust Bank and AmericanWest Bank      (z)   
  10.21    Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P.      (aa)   
  10.22    Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated as of July 24, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Memorial Health Services      (bb)   
  10.23    Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and The Private Bank of California      (cc)   
  11.0    Statement regarding computation of per share earnings      (hh)   
  12.0    Statement regarding ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges      12.0   
  18.0    Letter regarding change in accounting principles      None   
  21.0    Subsidiaries of the Registrant      21.0   
  22.0    Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders      None   
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP      23.1   
  23.2    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP      23.2   
  24.0    Power of Attorney      (ii)   
  31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)      31.1   
  31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)      31.2   
  31.3    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Accounting Officer)      31.3   
  32.0    Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350 Certification      32.0   
101.0    The following financial statements and footnotes from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      101.0   

 

199


Table of Contents

 

(a) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(1) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(2) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference
(a)(3) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(4) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference
(d) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(f) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(h) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference
(i) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(j) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(k) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(l) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(m) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(n) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(o) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference
(p) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
(q) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(r) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(s) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(t) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(u) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

200


Table of Contents
(v) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(w) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(x) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on June 11, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(y) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(z) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(aa) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(bb) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(cc) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(dd) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(ee) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(ff) Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(gg) Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(hh) Refer to Note 20 of the notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report
(ii) Included on signatory pages of this report

 

201


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, and hereunto duly authorized.

 

     BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
Date: March 17, 2014      By:  

/s/    STEVEN A. SUGARMAN        

       Steven A. Sugarman, President/ Chief Executive Officer
       (Duly Authorized Representative and Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC., hereby severally and individually constitute and appoint Steven A. Sugarman and Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr., and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys and agents of each of us to execute in the name, place and stead of each of us (individually and in any capacity stated below) any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all instruments necessary or advisable in connection therewith and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of said attorneys and agents to have the power to act with or without the others and to have full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned every act whatsoever necessary or advisable to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as any of the undersigned might or could do in person, and we hereby ratify and confirm our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys and agents or each of them to any and all such amendments and instruments.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    STEVEN A. SUGARMAN        

Steven A. Sugarman

President/ Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    RONALD J. NICOLAS, JR.        

  

Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.

Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    LONNY D. ROBINSON        

  

Lonny D. Robinson

Executive Vice President/ Chief Accounting Officer

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    TIM CHRISMAN        

   Tim Chrisman, Chairman of the Board

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    CHAD T. BROWNSTEIN        

   Chad T. Brownstein, Director

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    ERIC HOLOMAN        

   Eric Holoman, Director

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    JEFFREY KARISH        

   Jeffrey Karish, Director

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    JONAH SCHNEL        

   Jonah Schnel, Director

Date: March 17, 2014

  

/S/    ROBB EVANS        

   Robb Evans, Director

 

202